EDUTREK INT INC
S-8, 1998-02-20
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
Previous: VORNADO REALTY LP, 8-K, 1998-02-20
Next: ATMI INC, S-1, 1998-02-20



<PAGE>   1
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 1998
                                                       Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                           EDUTREK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                        Georgia                             58-2255472
           ---------------------------------     -------------------------------
             (State or other jurisdiction        (I.R.S. Employer Identification
           of incorporation or organization)                  Number)

             3340 Peachtree Road, Suite 2000, Atlanta, Georgia 30326
           -----------------------------------------------------------
            (Address of Principal Executive Offices)       (Zip Code)

                      AMERICAN INTERCONTINENTAL UNIVERSITY
                         401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
                        --------------------------------
                            (Full Title of the Plan)

                                  Steve Bostic
                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                           EduTrek International, Inc.
                         3340 Peachtree Road, Suite 2000
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30326
                                 (404) 812-8200

                             ----------------------
                   (Name, address, telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)

                             ----------------------
                              Copies Requested to:
                            Arthur Jay Schwartz, Esq.
                         Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP
                            Promenade II, Suite 3100
                           1230 Peachtree Road, N.E.
                           Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3592
                                 (404) 815-3500

                             ----------------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                              Proposed Maximum       Proposed Maximum
 Title of Securities         Amount to be    Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering       Amount of
  to be Registered          Registered(1)         Share(2)               Price(2)        Registration Fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>              <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Shares of Class A
Common Stock and               30,000             $24.1875               $725,625.00          $215.00
interests of participation     Shares
in the Plan
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold
pursuant to the American Intercontinental University 401(k) Retirement and
Savings Plan described herein.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
pursuant to Rule 457(h) based upon the average of the bid and asked price of the
Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on February 17, 1998.
Pursuant to Rule 457(h), no separate fee is required with respect to the
registration of the participation interests.

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT


ITEM 3.           INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.

         The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference into
this Registration Statement, and all documents subsequently filed by the Company
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all
securities offered have been sold or which deregisters all securities then
remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this
Registration Statement and to be part hereof from the date of filing such
documents:

1.       The Company's Prospectus, dated September 23, 1997, as filed with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the
         Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
2.       The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
         November 30, 1997;
3.       The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
         August 31, 1997;
4.       The Company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A to its Quarterly Report on
         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 1997;
5.       The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
         December 18, 1997; and
6.       The description of the Company's Class A Common Stock contained in the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A as filed with the
         Commission on August 22, 1997 and declared effective by the Commission
         on September 23, 1997.

ITEM 4.           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

         No response is required to this item.

ITEM 5.           INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL.

         No response is required to this item.

ITEM 6.           INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

         As provided under Georgia law, the Company's Articles of Incorporation
provide that a Director shall not be personally liable to the Company or its
shareholders for monetary damages, for breach of duty of care or any other
fiduciary duty owed to the Company as a Director, except that such provisions
shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a Director for (a) any
appropriation, in violation of his or her duties, of any business opportunity of
the Company; (b) acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law; (c) unlawful corporate distributions; or (d) any
transaction from which the Director received an improper personal benefit. If
applicable law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the liability of Directors, the liability of each Director of the
Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law. Article VI of the Company's Bylaws provides that the Company
shall indemnify a Director who has been successful in the defense of any
proceeding to which he or she was a party


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   3
or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein because he or she is or was
a Director of the Company, against reasonable expenses incurred by him or her in
connection with such defense.

         The Company's Bylaws also provide that the Company may indemnify any
Director, officer, employee or agent made a party to a proceeding because he or
she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent against liability incurred
in the proceeding if he or she acted in a manner he or she believed in good
faith to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the
case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe
his or her conduct was unlawful. Determination concerning whether or not the
applicable standard of conduct has been met can be made by (a) a disinterested
majority of the Board of Directors; (b) a majority of a committee of
disinterested Directors; (c) independent legal counsel; or (d) an affirmative
vote of a majority of shares held by disinterested shareholders. No
indemnification may be made to or on behalf of a Director, officer, employee or
agent (1) in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the Company in
which such person was adjudged liable to the Company, or (2) in connection with
any other proceeding in which such person was adjudged liable on the basis that
personal benefit was improperly received by him or her.

         The Company may, if authorized by its shareholders by a majority of
votes which would be entitled to be cast in a vote to amend the Company's
Articles of Incorporation, indemnify or obligate itself to indemnify a Director,
officer, employee or agent made a party to a proceeding, including a proceeding
brought by or in the right of the Company.

ITEM 7.           EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

         No response to this Item is required.

ITEM 8.           EXHIBITS.

         The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement. The
exhibit number corresponds to the exhibit number in the referenced document.
Pursuant to Item 8(b), the Company has submitted the American Intercontinental
University 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan to the Internal Revenue Service and
has made such changes required by the IRS in order to qualify the Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         EXHIBIT
         NUMBER            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
         -------           ----------------------
         <S>               <C>
         4.1               American Intercontinental University 401(k)
                           Retirement Savings Plan.

         4.2               American Intercontinental University 401(k)
                           Retirement Savings Plan Adoption Agreement.

         5.1               Opinion of Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP.

         23.1              Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

         23.2              Consent of Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP (contained
                           in its opinion filed as exhibit 5.1).

         24.1              Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page
                           to this Registration Statement).
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>   4
ITEM 9.           UNDERTAKINGS.

         (a)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file, during any period in which offers or sales
         are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration
         Statement:

                           (i)   To include any prospectus required by section 
         10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

                           (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or
         events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement
         (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
         individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
         information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding
         the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered
         (if the total value of securities offered would not exceed that which
         was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the
         estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
         prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to rule 424(b), if, in
         the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a
         20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
         "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective Registration
         Statement;

                           (iii) To include any material information with
         respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
         Registration Statement or any material change to such information in
         the Registration Statement;

                  (2)      That, for the purpose of determining any liability
         under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment
         shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
         securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
         time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                  (3)      To remove from registration by means of a
         post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which
         remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

         (b)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for
purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and each filing of any employee
benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, that is incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (h)      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled


                                      II-4
<PAGE>   5
by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.












                                      II-5
<PAGE>   6
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 19th day of
February, 1998.

                                EDUTREK INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                By:      /s/ Steve Bostic
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                   Steve Bostic
                                       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Steve Bostic, Donald J. Blankers and
Douglas C. Chait and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him, in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, including a Registration Statement filed under Rule 462(b) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                            TITLE                                 DATE
           ---------                            -----                                 ----
<S>                                 <C>                                          <C>
 /s/ Steve Bostic                   Chairman and Chief Executive                 February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------      Officer (principal executive
Steve Bostic                        officer)

 /s/ Stephen G. Franklin, Sr.       President, Chief Academic                    February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------      Officer and Director
Stephen G. Franklin, Sr.

 /s/ Donald J. Blankers             Chief Financial Officer (principal           February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------      financial officer and accounting
Donald J. Blankers                  officer)

 /s/ Paul D. Beckman                Director                                     February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------
Paul D. Beckman

                                    Director                                     February __, 1998
- ------------------------------
Fred C. Davison

 /s/ Gaylen D. Kemp                 Director                                     February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------
Gaylen D. Kemp
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   7
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                            TITLE                                 DATE
           ---------                            -----                                 ----
<S>                                             <C>                              <C>
                                                Director                         February ____, 1998
- ------------------------------                          
J. Robert Fitzgerald                                    
                                                        
                                                Director                         February ___, 1998
- ------------------------------                          
Gerald Tellefsen                                        
                                                        
 /s/ Ronald Hogan                               Director                         February 19, 1998
- ------------------------------
Ronald P. Hogan
</TABLE>


          The Plan.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, the trustees have duly caused this registration statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the
City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 19th day of February, 1998.

          American Intercontinental University 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan




                                       By:   /s/ Barbara S. Butterfield
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 Barbara S. Butterfield, 
                                                 Chief Human Resorces Officer



                                       By:   /s/ Don Blankers
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 Don Blankers, Vice President
                                                 Chief Financial Officer



                                       By:    /s/ Doug Chait
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 Doug Chait, Vice President,
                                                 Corporate Development
<PAGE>   8
                                  Exhibit Index

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------                                ----------------------
<S>               <C>
4.1               American Intercontinental University 401(k) Retirement Savings
                  Plan.

4.2               American Intercontinental University 401(k) Retirement Savings
                  Plan Adoption Agreement.

5.1               Opinion of Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP.

23.1              Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

                              BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION ONE:  DEFINITIONS
<S>               <C>                                                                                            <C>
         1.01     Adoption Agreement..............................................................................1
         1.02     Basic Plan Document.............................................................................1
         1.03     Beneficiary.....................................................................................1
         1.04     Break in Eligibility Service....................................................................1
         1.05     Break in Vesting Service........................................................................1
         1.06     Code............................................................................................1
         1.07     Compensation....................................................................................1
         1.08     Custodian.......................................................................................3
         1.09     Disability......................................................................................3
         1.10     Early Retirement Age............................................................................3
         1.11     Earned Income...................................................................................3
         1.12     Effective Date..................................................................................3
         1.13     Eligibility Computation Period..................................................................3
         1.14     Employee........................................................................................3
         1.15     Employer........................................................................................3
         1.16     Employer Contribution...........................................................................3
         1.17     Employment Commencement Date....................................................................3
         1.18     Employer Profit Sharing Contribution............................................................3
         1.19     Entry Dates.....................................................................................4
         1.20     ERISA...........................................................................................4
         1.21     Forfeiture......................................................................................4
         1.22     Fund............................................................................................4
         1.23     Highly Compensated Employee.....................................................................4
         1.24     Hours of Service................................................................................4
         1.25     Individual Account..............................................................................5
         1.26     Investment Fund.................................................................................5
         1.27     Key Employee....................................................................................5
         1.28     Leased Employee.................................................................................5
         1.29     Nondeductible Employee Contributions............................................................5
         1.30     Normal Retirement Age...........................................................................6
         1.31     Owner-Employee..................................................................................6
         1.32     Participant.....................................................................................6
         1.33     Plan............................................................................................6
         1.34     Plan Administrator..............................................................................6
         1.35     Plan Year.......................................................................................6
         1.36     Prior Plan......................................................................................6
         1.37     Prototype Sponsor...............................................................................6
         1.38     Qualifying Participant..........................................................................6
         1.39     Related Employer................................................................................6
         1.40     Related Employer Participation Agreement........................................................6
         1.41     Self-Employed Individual........................................................................6
         1.42     Separate Fund...................................................................................6
         1.43     Taxable Wage Base...............................................................................6
         1.44     Termination of Employment.......................................................................6
         1.45     Top-Heavy Plan..................................................................................7
         1.46     Trustee.........................................................................................7
         1.47     Valuation Date..................................................................................7
         1.48     Vested..........................................................................................7
         1.49     Year of Eligibility Service.....................................................................7
         1.50     Year of Vesting Service.........................................................................7

</TABLE>



<PAGE>   2

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                           <C>
SECTION TWO:  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
         2.01     Eligibility To Participate......................................................................7
         2.02     Plan Entry......................................................................................7
         2.03     Transfer to or From Ineligible Class............................................................8
         2.04     Return as a Participant After Break in Eligibility Service......................................8
         2.05     Determinations Under This Section...............................................................8
         2.06     Terms of Employment.............................................................................8
         2.07     Special Rules Where Elapsed Time Method Is Being Used...........................................8
         2.08     Election Not To Participate.....................................................................9

SECTION THREE:  CONTRIBUTIONS
         3.01     Employer Contributions..........................................................................9
         3.02     Nondeductible Employee Contributions...........................................................11
         3.03     Rollover Contributions.........................................................................12
         3.04     Transfer Contributions.........................................................................12
         3.05     Limitation on Allocations......................................................................12

SECTION FOUR:  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION
         4.01     Individual Accounts............................................................................16
         4.02     Valuation of Fund..............................................................................16
         4.03     Valuation of Individual Accounts...............................................................16
         4.04     Modification of Method for Valuing Individual Accounts.........................................17
         4.05     Segregation of Assets..........................................................................17
         4.06     Statement of Individual Accounts...............................................................17

SECTION FIVE:  TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
         5.01     Creation of Fund...............................................................................17
         5.02     Investment Authority...........................................................................17
         5.03     Financial Organization Custodian or Trustee Without Full Trust Powers..........................17
         5.04     Financial Organization Trustee With Full Trust Powers and Individual Trustee...................18
         5.05     Division of Fund Into Investment Funds.........................................................19
         5.06     Compensation and Expenses......................................................................19
         5.07     Not Obligated to Question Data.................................................................20
         5.08     Liability For Withholding on Distributions.....................................................20
         5.09     Resignation or Removal of Trustee (or Custodian)...............................................20
         5.10     Degree of Care - Limitations of Liability......................................................20
         5.11     Indemnification of Prototype Sponsor and Trustee (or Custodian)................................20
         5.12     Investment Managers............................................................................21
         5.13     Matters Relating to Insurance..................................................................21
         5.14     Direction of Investments by Participant........................................................22

SECTION SIX:  VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
         6.01     Distribution To Participant....................................................................22
         6.02     Form of Distribution to a Participant..........................................................25
         6.03     Distributions Upon the Death of a Participant..................................................26
         6.04     Form of Distribution to Beneficiary............................................................26
         6.05     Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements........................................................27
         6.06     Distribution Requirements......................................................................30
         6.07     Annuity Contracts..............................................................................33
         6.08     Loans to Participants..........................................................................33
         6.09     Distribution in Kind...........................................................................34
         6.10     Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions............................................34
         6.11     Procedure for Missing Participants or Beneficiaries............................................35

SECTION SEVEN:  CLAIMS PROCEDURE
         7.01     Filing a Claim for Plan Distributions..........................................................35
         7.02     Denial of Claim................................................................................35
         7.03     Remedies Available.............................................................................35
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                           <C>
SECTION EIGHT:  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
         8.01     Employer is Plan Administrator.................................................................36
         8.02     Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator....................................................36
         8.03     Expenses and Compensation......................................................................37
         8.04     Information from Employer......................................................................37

SECTION NINE:  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
         9.01     Right of Prototype Sponsor to Amend the Plan...................................................37
         9.02     Right of Employer to Amend the Plan............................................................37
         9.03     Limitation on Power to Amend...................................................................37
         9.04     Amendment of Vesting Schedule..................................................................38
         9.05     Permanency.....................................................................................38
         9.06     Method and Procedure for Termination...........................................................38
         9.07     Continuance of Plan by Successor Employer......................................................38
         9.08     Failure of Plan Qualification..................................................................38

SECTION TEN:  MISCELLANEOUS
         10.01    State Community Property Laws..................................................................38
         10.02    Headings.......................................................................................38
         10.03    Gender and Number..............................................................................39
         10.04    Plan Merger or Consolidation...................................................................39
         10.05    Standard of Fiduciary Conduct..................................................................39
         10.06    General Undertaking Of All Parties.............................................................39
         10.07    Agreement Binds Heirs, Etc.....................................................................39
         10.08    Determination Of Top-Heavy Status..............................................................39
         10.09    Special Limitations for Owner-Employees........................................................40
         10.10    Inalienability of Benefits.....................................................................41
         10.11    Cannot Eliminate Protected Benefits............................................................41

SECTION ELEVEN:  401(K) PROVISIONS
         11.100   Definitions....................................................................................41
         11.101   Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP)...............................................................41
         11.102   Aggregate Limit................................................................................42
         11.103   Average Contribution Percentage (ACP)..........................................................42
         11.104   Contributing Participant.......................................................................42
         11.105   Contribution Percentage........................................................................42
         11.106   Contribution Percentage Amounts................................................................42
         11.107   Elective Deferrals.............................................................................42
         11.108   Eligible Participant...........................................................................42
         11.109   Excess Aggregate Contributions.................................................................42
         11.110   Excess Contributions...........................................................................43
         11.111   Excess Elective Deferrals......................................................................43
         11.112   Matching Contribution..........................................................................43
         11.113   Qualified Nonelective Contributions............................................................43
         11.114   Qualified Matching Contributions...............................................................43
         11.115   Qualifying Contributing Participant............................................................43
         11.200   Contributing Participant.......................................................................43
         11.201   Requirements to Enroll as a Contributing Participant...........................................43
         11.202   Changing Elective Deferral Amounts.............................................................43
         11.203   Ceasing Elective Deferrals.....................................................................44
         11.204   Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals..........................44
         11.205   Certain One-Time Irrevocable Elections.........................................................44
         11.300   Contributions..................................................................................44
         11.301   Contributions By Employer......................................................................44
         11.302   Matching Contributions.........................................................................44
         11.303   Qualified Nonelective Contributions............................................................44
         11.304   Qualified Matching Contributions...............................................................44
         11.305   Nondeductible Employee Contributions...........................................................45
         11.400   Nondiscrimination Testing......................................................................45
         11.401   Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP)..........................................................45
         11.402   Limits on Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Matching Contributions......................46
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
         <S>      <C>                                                                                           <C>
         11.500   Distribution Provisions........................................................................47
         11.501   General Rule...................................................................................47
         11.502   Distribution Requirements......................................................................47
         11.503   Hardship Distribution..........................................................................48
         11.504   Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals......................................................48
         11.505   Distribution of Excess Contributions...........................................................48
         11.506   Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.................................................49
         11.507   Recharacterization.............................................................................50
         11.508   Distribution of Elective Deferrals if Excess Annual Additions..................................50
         11.600   Vesting........................................................................................50
         11.601   100% Vesting on Certain Contributions..........................................................50
         11.602   Forfeitures and Vesting of Matching Contributions..............................................50
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 04
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION ONE

                  DEFINITIONS
                  The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with
                  initial capital letters shall, for the purpose of this Plan,
                  have the meanings set forth below unless the context indicates
                  that other meanings are intended:

         1.01     ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                  Means the document executed by the Employer through which it
                  adopts the Plan and Trust and thereby agrees to be bound by
                  all terms and conditions of the Plan and Trust.

         1.02     BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
                  Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.

         1.03     BENEFICIARY
                  Means the individual or individuals designated pursuant to
                  Section 6.03(A) of the Plan.

         1.04     BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
                  Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
                  Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee fails
                  to complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser
                  number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement
                  for this purpose).

         1.05     BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
                  Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period
                  described in Section 1.50) during which an Employee fails to
                  complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number
                  of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for
                  this purpose).

         1.06     CODE
                  Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from
                  time-to-time.

         1.07     COMPENSATION

                  A.       BASIC DEFINITION

                           For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989,
                           the following definition of Compensation shall apply:

                           As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement
                           (and if no election is made, W-2 wages will be deemed
                           to have been selected), Compensation shall mean one
                           of the following:

                           1.       W-2 wages. Compensation is defined as
                                    information required to be reported under
                                    Sections 6041 and 6051, and 6052 of the Code
                                    (Wages, tips and other compensation as
                                    reported on Form W-2). Compensation is
                                    defined as wages within the meaning of
                                    Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other
                                    payments of compensation to an Employee by
                                    the Employer (in the course of the
                                    Employer's trade or business) for which the
                                    Employer is required to furnish the Employee
                                    a written statement under Sections 6041(d)
                                    and 6051(a)(3), and 6052 of the Code.
                                    Compensation must be determined without
                                    regard to any rules under Section 3401(a)
                                    that limit the remuneration included in
                                    wages based on the nature or location of the
                                    employment or the services performed (such
                                    as the exception for agricultural labor in
                                    Section 3401(a)(2)).

                           2.       Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is
                                    defined as wages within the meaning of
                                    Section 3401(a) of the Code, for the
                                    purposes of income tax withholding at the
                                    source but determined without regard to any
                                    rules that limit the remuneration included
                                    in wages based on the nature or location of
                                    the employment or the services performed
                                    (such as the exception for agricultural
                                    labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

                           3.       415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation
                                    is defined as wages, salaries, and fees for
                                    professional services and other amounts
                                    received (without regard to whether or not
                                    an amount is paid in cash) for personal
                                    services actually rendered in the course of
                                    employment with the Employer maintaining the
                                    Plan to the extent that the amounts are
                                    includible in gross income (including, but
                                    not limited to, commissions paid salesmen,
                                    compensation for services on the basis of a
                                    percentage of profits, commissions on


                                       1

<PAGE>   6

                                    insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
                                    benefits, and reimbursements or other
                                    expense allowances under a nonaccountable
                                    plan (as described in 1.62-2(c)), and
                                    excluding the following:

                                    a.   Employer contributions to a plan of
                                         deferred compensation which are not
                                         includible in the Employee's gross
                                         income for the taxable year in which
                                         contributed, or employer contributions
                                         under a simplified employee pension
                                         plan to the extent such contributions
                                         are deductible by the Employee, or any
                                         distributions from a plan of deferred
                                         compensation;

                                    b.   Amounts realized from the exercise of a
                                         nonqualified stock option, or when
                                         restricted stock (or property) held by
                                         the Employee either becomes freely
                                         transferable or is no longer subject to
                                         a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                                    c.   Amounts realized from the sale,
                                         exchange or other disposition of stock
                                         acquired under a qualified stock
                                         option; and

                                    d.   Other amounts which received special
                                         tax benefits, or contributions made by
                                         the Employer (whether or not under a
                                         salary reduction agreement) towards the
                                         purchase of an annuity contract
                                         described in Section 403(b) of the Code
                                         (whether or not the contributions are
                                         actually excludable from the gross
                                         income of the Employee).

                  For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
                  Compensation will mean Earned Income.

         B.       DETERMINATION PERIOD AND OTHER RULES
                  Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is
                  actually paid to the Participant during the determination
                  period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the
                  determination period shall be the Plan Year unless the
                  Employer has selected another period in the Adoption
                  Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the
                  determination period shall be the Plan Year.

                  Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
                  Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by
                  the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
                  which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee
                  under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the
                  Code.

                  Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and
                  restatement to bring a Prior Plan into compliance with the Tax
                  Reform Act of 1986, such Prior Plan's definition of
                  Compensation shall apply for Plan Years beginning before
                  January 1, 1989.

         C.       LIMITS ON COMPENSATION

                  For years beginning after December 31, 1988 and before January
                  1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken
                  into account for determining all benefits provided under the
                  Plan for any determination period shall not exceed $200,000.
                  This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same
                  time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the
                  Code, except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1
                  of any calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in
                  such calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000
                  limitation is effective on January 1, 1990.

                  For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
                  annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for
                  determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan
                  Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in
                  the cost-of-living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of
                  the Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in
                  effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period
                  beginning in such calendar year.

                  If the period for determining Compensation used in calculating
                  an Employee's allocation for a determination period is a short
                  Plan Year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual
                  Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise
                  applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction,
                  the numerator of which is the number of months in the short
                  Plan Year, and the denominator of which is 12.

                  In determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes
                  of this limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code
                  shall apply, except in applying such rules, the term "family"
                  shall include only the spouse of the Participant and any
                  lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained
                  age 19 before the close of the year. If, as a result of the
                  application of such rules the adjusted $200,000 limitation is
                  exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion
                  of Compensation up to the integration level, if this Plan
                  provides for


                                       2

<PAGE>   7

                  permitted disparity), the limitation shall be prorated among
                  the affected individuals in proportion to each such
                  individual's Compensation as determined under this Section
                  prior to the application of this limitation.

                  If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken
                  into account in determining an Employee's allocations or
                  benefits for the current determination period, the
                  Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to
                  the applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for that
                  prior period. For this purpose, in determining allocations in
                  Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the annual
                  Compensation limit in effect for determination periods
                  beginning before that date is $200,000. In addition, in
                  determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after
                  January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation limit in effect for
                  determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

         1.08     CUSTODIAN
                  Means an entity specified in the Adoption Agreement as
                  Custodian or any duly appointed successor as provided in
                  Section 5.09.

         1.09     DISABILITY
                  Unless the Employer has elected a different definition in the
                  Adoption Agreement, Disability means the inability to engage
                  in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any
                  medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can
                  be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
                  expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
                  months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be
                  supported by medical evidence.

         1.10     EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
                  Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan
                  will not have an Early Retirement Age if none is specified in
                  the Adoption Agreement.

         1.11     EARNED INCOME
                  Means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or
                  business with respect to which the Plan is established, for
                  which personal services of the individual are a material
                  income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined
                  without regard to items not included in gross income and the
                  deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced
                  by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the
                  extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

                  Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
                  allowed to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for
                  taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

         1.12     EFFECTIVE DATE
                  Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the
                  Adoption Agreement. However, as indicated in the Adoption
                  Agreement, certain provisions may have specific effective
                  dates. Further, where a separate date is stated in the Plan as
                  of which a particular Plan provision becomes effective, such
                  date will control with respect to that provision.

         1.13     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
                  An Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be
                  the 12 consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's
                  Employment Commencement Date. The Employee's subsequent
                  Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12 consecutive
                  month periods commencing on the anniversaries of his or her
                  Employment Commencement Date; provided, however, if pursuant
                  to the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is required to complete
                  one or less Years of Eligibility Service to become a
                  Participant, then his or her subsequent Eligibility
                  Computation Periods shall be the Plan Years commencing with
                  the Plan Year beginning during his or her initial Eligibility
                  Computation Period. An Employee does not complete a Year of
                  Eligibility Service before the end of the 12 consecutive month
                  period regardless of when during such period the Employee
                  completes the required number of Hours of Service.

         1.14     EMPLOYEE
                  Means any person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan
                  or of any other employer required to be aggregated with such
                  Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

                  The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee
                  deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described in the
                  previous paragraph as provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the
                  Code.

         1.15     EMPLOYER
                  Means any corporation, partnership, sole-proprietorship or
                  other entity named in the Adoption Agreement and any successor
                  who by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise assumes
                  the obligations of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be
                  the Employer of each of the partners and a sole-proprietorship
                  is considered to be the Employer of a


                                       3

<PAGE>   8

                  sole proprietor. Where this Plan is being maintained by a
                  union or other entity that represents its member Employees in
                  the negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, the term
                  Employer shall mean such union or other entity.

         1.16     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
                  Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as
                  determined under this Plan.

         1.17     EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
                  An Employee's Employment Commencement date means the date the
                  Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

         1.18     EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION
                  Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the Section of
                  the Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions." The Employer may make Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions without regard to current or accumulated
                  earnings or profits.

         1.19     ENTRY DATES
                  Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
                  seventh month of the Plan Year, unless the Employer has
                  specified different dates in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.20     ERISA
                  Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as
                  amended from time-to-time.

         1.21     FORFEITURE
                  Means that portion of a Participant's Individual Account
                  derived from Employer Contributions which he or she is not
                  entitled to receive (i.e., the nonvested portion).

         1.22     FUND
                  Means the Plan assets held by the Trustee for the
                  Participants' exclusive benefit.

         1.23     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
                  The term Highly Compensated Employee includes highly
                  compensated active employees and highly compensated former
                  employees.

                  A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
                  performs service for the Employer during the determination
                  year and who, during the look-back year: (a) received
                  Compensation from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as
                  adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code); (b) received
                  Compensation from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (as
                  adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
                  member of the top-paid group for such year; or (c) was an
                  officer of the Employer and received Compensation during such
                  year that is greater than 50% of the dollar limitation in
                  effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term Highly
                  Compensated Employee also includes: (a) Employees who are both
                  described in the preceding sentence if the term "determination
                  year" is substituted for the term "look-back year" and the
                  Employee is one of the 100 Employees who received the most
                  Compensation from the Employer during the determination year;
                  and (b) Employees who are 5% owners at any time during the
                  look-back year or determination year.

                  If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of
                  (c) above during either a determination year or look-back
                  year, the highest paid officer for such year shall be treated
                  as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                  For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan
                  Year. The look-back year shall be the 12 month period
                  immediately preceding the determination year.

                  A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who
                  separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior
                  to the determination year, performs no service for the
                  Employer during the determination year, and was a highly
                  compensated active employee for either the separation year or
                  any determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th
                  birthday.

                  If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back
                  year, a family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or
                  former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of
                  the 10 most Highly Compensated Employees ranked on the basis
                  of Compensation paid by the Employer during such year, then
                  the family member and the 5% owner or top 10 Highly
                  Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case, the
                  family member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated
                  Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving
                  Compensation and Plan


                                       4

<PAGE>   9

                  contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such
                  Compensation and contributions or benefits of the family
                  member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee. For
                  purposes of this Section, family member includes the spouse,
                  lineal ascendants and descendants of the Employee or former
                  Employee and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and
                  descendants.

                  The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
                  including the determinations of the number and identity of
                  Employees in the top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the
                  number of Employees treated as officers and the Compensation
                  that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section
                  414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         1.24     HOURS OF SERVICE - Means

                  A.       Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled
                           to payment, for the performance of duties for the
                           Employer. These hours will be credited to the
                           Employee for the computation period in which the
                           duties are performed; and

                  B.       Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled
                           to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of
                           time during which no duties are performed
                           (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
                           has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
                           incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty,
                           military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501
                           Hours of Service will be credited under this
                           paragraph for any single continuous period (whether
                           or not such period occurs in a single computation
                           period). Hours under this paragraph shall be
                           calculated and credited pursuant to Section
                           2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations
                           which is incorporated herein by this reference; and

                  C.       Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
                           mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to
                           by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not
                           be credited both under paragraph (A) or paragraph
                           (B), as the case may be, and under this paragraph
                           (C). These hours will be credited to the Employee for
                           the computation period or periods to which the award
                           or agreement pertains rather than the computation
                           period in which the award, agreement, or payment is
                           made.

                  D.       Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in
                           Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service has
                           occurred in a computation period (the computation
                           period for purposes of determining whether a Break in
                           Vesting Service has occurred is the Plan Year or
                           other vesting computation period described in Section
                           1.50), an individual who is absent from work for
                           maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit
                           for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have
                           been credited to such individual but for such
                           absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
                           determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such
                           absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence
                           from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
                           absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the
                           individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of
                           the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a
                           child with the individual in connection with the
                           adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for
                           purposes of caring for such child for a period
                           beginning immediately following such birth or
                           placement. The Hours of Service credited under this
                           paragraph shall be credited (1) in the Eligibility
                           Computation Period or Plan Year or other vesting
                           computation period described in Section 1.50 in which
                           the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
                           prevent a Break in Eligibility Service or a Break in
                           Vesting Service in the applicable period, or (2) in
                           all other cases, in the following Eligibility
                           Computation Period or Plan Year or other vesting
                           computation period described in Section 1.50.

                  E.       Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
                           other members of an affiliated service group (under
                           Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of
                           corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Code), or a
                           group of trades or businesses under common control
                           (under Section 414(c) of the Code) of which the
                           adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity
                           required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
                           to Section 414(o) of the Code and the regulations
                           thereunder.

                           Hours of Service will also be credited for any
                           individual considered an Employee for purposes of
                           this Plan under Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and
                           the regulations thereunder.

                  F.       Where the Employer maintains the plan of a
                           predecessor employer, service for such predecessor
                           employer shall be treated as service for the
                           Employer.

                  G.       The above method for determining Hours of Service may
                           be altered as specified in the Adoption Agreement.


         1.25     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT

                                       5

<PAGE>   10

                  Means the account established and maintained under this Plan
                  for each Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

         1.26     INVESTMENT FUND
                  Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to
                  Section 5.05.

         1.27     KEY EMPLOYEE
                  Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee under
                  Section 10.08.

         1.28     LEASED EMPLOYEE
                  Means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient) who
                  pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
                  person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
                  recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined
                  in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a
                  substantially full time basis for a period of at least one
                  year, and such services are of a type historically performed
                  by Employees in the business field of the recipient Employer.
                  Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the
                  leasing organization which are attributable to services
                  performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as
                  provided by the recipient Employer.

                  A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the
                  recipient if: (1) such employee is covered by a money purchase
                  pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer
                  contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined
                  in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
                  contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
                  excludable from the employee's gross income under Section 125,
                  Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of
                  the Code, (b) immediate participation, and (c) full and
                  immediate vesting; and (2) Leased Employees do not constitute
                  more than 20% of the recipient's nonhighly compensated work
                  force.

         1.29     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
                  Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income
                  in the year in which made and that is maintained under a
                  separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated.

         1.30     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
                  Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, if
                  the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age which is less
                  than the Normal Retirement Age, such mandatory age is deemed
                  to be the Normal Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement, the Normal Retirement Age shall be age 65.

         1.31     OWNER - EMPLOYEE
                  Means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a
                  partner owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits
                  interest of the partnership.

         1.32     PARTICIPANT
                  Means any Employee or former Employee of the Employer who has
                  met the Plan's eligibility requirements, has entered the Plan
                  and who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit of any
                  type from this Plan or whose Beneficiary may be eligible to
                  receive any such benefit.

         1.33     PLAN
                  Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the
                  Employer. The Plan consists of this Basic Plan Document plus
                  the corresponding Adoption Agreement as completed and signed
                  by the Employer.

         1.34     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
                  Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan
                  Administrator in accordance with Section 8.01.

         1.35     PLAN YEAR
                  Means the 12 consecutive month period which coincides with the
                  Employer's fiscal year or such other 12 consecutive month
                  period as is designated in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.36     PRIOR PLAN
                  Means a plan which was amended or replaced by adoption of this
                  Plan document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.37     PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
                  Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement that
                  makes this prototype plan available to employers for adoption.

         1.38     QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT


                                       6

<PAGE>   11

                  Means a Participant who has satisfied the requirements
                  described in Section 3.01(B)(2) to be entitled to share in any
                  Employer Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a
                  Plan Year.

         1.39     RELATED EMPLOYER
                  Means an employer that may be required to be aggregated with
                  the Employer adopting this Plan for certain qualification
                  requirements under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the
                  Code (or any other employer that has ownership in common with
                  the Employer). A Related Employer may participate in this Plan
                  if so indicated in the Section of the Adoption Agreement
                  titled "Employer Information" or if such Related Employer
                  executes a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

         1.40     RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                  Means the agreement under this prototype Plan that a Related
                  Employer may execute to participate in this Plan.

         1.41     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
                  Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year
                  from the trade or business for which the Plan is established;
                  also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for
                  the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the
                  taxable year.

         1.42     SEPARATE FUND
                  Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a
                  particular Participant representing certain assets held for
                  that Participant. The assets which comprise a Participant's
                  Separate Fund are those assets earmarked for him or her and
                  those assets subject to the Participant's individual direction
                  pursuant to Section 5.14.

         1.43     TAXABLE WAGE BASE
                  Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and
                  benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social
                  Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year.

         1.44     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                  A Termination of Employment of an Employee of an Employer
                  shall occur whenever his or her status as an Employee of such
                  Employer ceases for any reason other than death. An Employee
                  who does not return to work for the Employer on or before the
                  expiration of an authorized leave of absence from such
                  Employer shall be deemed to have incurred a Termination of
                  Employment when such leave ends.

         1.45     TOP-HEAVY PLAN
                  This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is
                  determined to be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

         1.46     TRUSTEE
                  Means an individual, individuals or corporation specified in
                  the Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duly appointed
                  successor as provided in Section 5.09. Trustee shall mean
                  Custodian in the event the financial organization named as
                  Trustee does not have full trust powers.

         1.47     VALUATION DATE
                  Means the date or dates as specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement. If no date is specified in the Adoption Agreement,
                  the Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year and
                  each other date designated by the Plan Administrator which is
                  selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner when the
                  assets of the Fund are valued at their then fair market value.

         1.48     VESTED
                  Means nonforfeitable, that is, a claim which is unconditional
                  and legally enforceable against the Plan obtained by a
                  Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary to that part of
                  an immediate or deferred benefit under the Plan which arises
                  from a Participant's Years of Vesting Service.

         1.49     YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
                  Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
                  Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee
                  completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser
                  number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement
                  for this purpose). An Employee does not complete a Year of
                  Eligibility Service before the end of the 12 consecutive month
                  period regardless of when during such period the Employee
                  completes the required number of Hours of Service.

         1.50     YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE


                                       7

<PAGE>   12

                  Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least
                  1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
                  Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).
                  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, where the Employer so
                  indicates in the Adoption Agreement, vesting shall be computed
                  by reference to the 12 consecutive month period beginning with
                  the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each
                  successive 12 month period commencing on the anniversaries
                  thereof.

                  In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive
                  Breaks in Vesting Service, all Years of Vesting Service after
                  such Breaks in Vesting Service will be disregarded for the
                  purpose of determining the Vested portion of his or her
                  Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions that
                  accrued before such breaks. Such Participant's prebreak
                  service will count in vesting the postbreak Individual Account
                  derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

                  (A)      such Participant had any Vested right to any portion
                           of his or her Individual Account derived from
                           Employer Contributions at the time of his or her
                           Termination of Employment; or

                  (B)      upon returning to service, the number of consecutive
                           Breaks in Vesting Service is less than his or her
                           number of Years of Vesting Service before such
                           breaks.

                  Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
                  prebreak and postbreak portions of his or her Individual
                  Account derived from Employer Contributions. Both subaccounts
                  will share in the gains and losses of the Fund.

                  Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time
                  excluded from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

                  In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month
                  period, Employees shall receive credit for Years of Vesting
                  Service, in accordance with the preceding provisions of this
                  definition, for each of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan
                  Years) which overlap as a result of such change.

SECTION TWO           ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

         2.01     ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
                  Each Employee of the Employer, except those Employees who
                  belong to a class of Employees which is excluded from
                  participation as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, shall be
                  eligible to participate in this Plan upon the satisfaction of
                  the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements
                  specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         2.02     PLAN ENTRY
                  A.       If this Plan is a replacement of a Prior Plan by
                           amendment or restatement, each Employee of the
                           Employer who was a Participant in said Prior Plan
                           before the Effective Date shall continue to be a
                           Participant in this Plan.

                  B.       An Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as
                           of the Effective Date if the Employee has met the
                           eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 as of such
                           date. After the Effective Date, each Employee shall
                           become a Participant on the first Entry Date
                           following the date the Employee satisfies the
                           eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 unless
                           otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

                  C.       The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who
                           becomes eligible to be a Participant under this Plan
                           and shall furnish the Employee with the application
                           form, enrollment forms or other documents which are
                           required of Participants. The eligible Employee shall
                           execute such forms or documents and make available
                           such information as may be required in the
                           administration of the Plan.

         2.03     TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
                  If an Employee who had been a Participant becomes ineligible
                  to participate because he or she is no longer a member of an
                  eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in
                  Eligibility Service, such Employee shall participate
                  immediately upon his or her return to an eligible class of
                  Employees. If such Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility
                  Service, his or her eligibility to participate shall be
                  determined by Section 2.04.

                  An Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of
                  Employees will become a Participant immediately upon becoming
                  a member of the eligible class provided such Employee has
                  satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service
                  requirements. If such Employee has not satisfied the age and
                  Years of Eligibility Service requirements as of the date he or
                  she becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee
                  shall become a Participant on the first Entry Date following
                  the date he or she satisfies those requirements unless
                  otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>   13

         2.04     RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

                  A.       EMPLOYEE NOT PARTICIPANT BEFORE BREAK - If an
                           Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility Service before
                           satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements, such
                           Employee's Years of Eligibility Service before such
                           Break in Eligibility Service will not be taken into
                           account.

                  B.       NONVESTED PARTICIPANTS - In the case of a Participant
                           who does not have a Vested interest in his or her
                           Individual Account derived from Employer
                           Contributions, Years of Eligibility Service before a
                           period of consecutive Breaks in Eligibility Service
                           will not be taken into account for eligibility
                           purposes if the number of consecutive Breaks in
                           Eligibility Service in such period equals or exceeds
                           the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of Years of
                           Eligibility Service before such break. Such aggregate
                           number of Years of Eligibility Service will not
                           include any Years of Eligibility Service disregarded
                           under the preceding sentence by reason of prior
                           breaks.

                           If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are
                           disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such
                           Participant will be treated as a new Employee for
                           eligibility purposes. If a Participant's Years of
                           Eligibility Service may not be disregarded pursuant
                           to the preceding paragraph, such Participant shall
                           continue to participate in the Plan, or, if
                           terminated, shall participate immediately upon
                           reemployment.

                  C.       VESTED PARTICIPANTS - A Participant who has sustained
                           a Break in Eligibility Service and who had a Vested
                           interest in all or a portion of his or her Individual
                           Account derived from Employer Contributions shall
                           continue to participate in the Plan, or, if
                           terminated, shall participate immediately upon
                           reemployment.

         2.05     DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
                  The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each
                  Employee to be a Participant. This determination shall be
                  conclusive and binding upon all persons except as otherwise
                  provided herein or by law.

         2.06     TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
                  Neither the fact of the establishment of the Plan nor the fact
                  that a common law Employee has become a Participant shall give
                  to that common law Employee any right to continued employment;
                  nor shall either fact limit the right of the Employer to
                  discharge or to deal otherwise with a common law Employee
                  without regard to the effect such treatment may have upon the
                  Employee's rights under the Plan.

         2.07     SPECIAL RULES WHERE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS BEING USED
                  This Section 2.07 shall apply where the Employer has indicated
                  in the Adoption Agreement that the elapsed time method will be
                  used. When this Section applies, the definitions of year of
                  service, break in service and hour of service in this Section
                  will replace the definitions of Year of Eligibility Service,
                  Year of Vesting Service, Break in Eligibility Service, Break
                  in Vesting Service and Hours of Service found in the
                  Definitions Section of the Plan (Section One).

                  For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued
                  eligibility to participate in the Plan or the Vested interest
                  in the Participant's Individual Account balance derived from
                  Employer Contributions, (except for periods of service which
                  may be disregarded on account of the "rule of parity"
                  described in Sections 1.50 and 2.04) an Employee will receive
                  credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with
                  the Employee's first day of employment or reemployment and
                  ending on the date a break in service begins. The first day of
                  employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee
                  performs an hour of service. An Employee will also receive
                  credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive
                  months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in
                  terms of days.

                  For purposes of this Section, hour of service will mean each
                  hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for
                  the performance of duties for the Employer. Break in service
                  is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months.
                  Period of severance is a continuous period of time during
                  which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such
                  period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is
                  discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the
                  date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from
                  service.

                  In the case of an individual who is absent from work for
                  maternity or paternity reasons, the 12 consecutive month
                  period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of
                  such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For
                  purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity
                  or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the
                  pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a
                  child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a
                  child with the individual in connection with the adoption of
                  such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring
                  for such child for a period beginning immediately following
                  such birth or placement.


                                       9

<PAGE>   14


                  Each Employee will share in Employer Contributions for the
                  period beginning on the date the Employee commences
                  participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which
                  such Employee severs employment with the Employer or is no
                  longer a member of an eligible class of Employees.

                  If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group
                  (under Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of
                  corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Code), a group of
                  trades or businesses under common control (under Section
                  414(c) of the Code), or any other entity required to be
                  aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the
                  Code, service will be credited for any employment for any
                  period of time for any other member of such group. Service
                  will also be credited for any individual required under
                  Section 414(n) or Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee
                  of any Employer aggregated under Section 414(b), (c), or (m)
                  of the Code.

         2.08     ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
                  This Section 2.08 will apply if this Plan is a nonstandardized
                  plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides. If this Section
                  applies, then an Employee or a Participant may elect not to
                  participate in the Plan for one or more Plan Years. The
                  Employer may not contribute for an Employee or Participant for
                  any Plan Year during which such Employee's or Participant's
                  election not to participate is in effect. Any election not to
                  participate must be in writing and filed with the Plan
                  Administrator.

                  The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory rules as it deems necessary or advisable to
                  carry out the terms of this Section, including, but not
                  limited to, rules prescribing the timing of the filing of
                  elections not to participate and the procedures for electing
                  to re-participate in the Plan.

                  An Employee or Participant continues to earn credit for
                  vesting and eligibility purposes for each Year of Vesting
                  Service or Year of Eligibility Service he or she completes and
                  his or her Individual Account (if any) will share in the gains
                  or losses of the Fund during the periods he or she elects not
                  to participate.

SECTION THREE         CONTRIBUTIONS

         3.01     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

                  A.       OBLIGATION TO CONTRIBUTE - The Employer shall make
                           contributions to the Plan in accordance with the
                           contribution formula specified in the Adoption
                           Agreement. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
                           Employer shall, in its sole discretion, make
                           contributions without regard to current or
                           accumulated earnings or profits.

                  B.       ALLOCATION FORMULA AND THE RIGHT TO SHARE IN THE
                           EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION -

                           1.       General - The Employer Contribution for any
                                    Plan Year will be allocated or contributed
                                    to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying
                                    Participants in accordance with the
                                    allocation or contribution formula specified
                                    in the Adoption Agreement. The Employer
                                    Contribution for any Plan Year will be
                                    allocated to each Participant's Individual
                                    Account as of the last day of that Plan
                                    Year.

                                    Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year
                                    must satisfy Section 401(a)(4) and the
                                    regulations thereunder for such Plan Year.

                           2.       Qualifying Participants - A Participant is a
                                    Qualifying Participant and is entitled to
                                    share in the Employer Contribution for any
                                    Plan Year if the Participant was a
                                    Participant on at least one day during the
                                    Plan Year and satisfies any additional
                                    conditions specified in the Adoption
                                    Agreement. If this Plan is a standardized
                                    plan, unless the Employer specifies more
                                    favorable conditions in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, a Participant will not be a
                                    qualifying Participant for a Plan Year if he
                                    or she incurs a Termination of Employment
                                    during such Plan Year with not more than 500
                                    Hours of Service if he or she is not an
                                    Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
                                    The determination of whether a Participant
                                    is entitled to share in the Employer
                                    Contribution shall be made as of the last
                                    day of each Plan Year.

                           3.       Special Rules for Integrated Plans - This
                                    Plan may not allocate contributions based on
                                    an integrated formula if the Employer
                                    maintains any other plan that provides for
                                    allocation of contributions based on an
                                    integrated formula that benefits any of the
                                    same Participants. If the Employer has
                                    selected the integrated contribution or
                                    allocation formula in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, then the maximum disparity rate
                                    shall be determined in accordance with the
                                    following table.


                                       10

<PAGE>   15
                                                          MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Top-Heavy             Nonstandardized and
                      Integration Level              Money Purchase          Profit Sharing      Non-Top-Heavy Profit Sharing
                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      <S>                            <C>                     <C>                 <C>
                      Taxable Wage Base (TWB)             5.7%                    2.7%                      5.7%

                      More than $0 but not more
                      than 20% of TWB                     5.7%                    2.7%                      5.7%

                      More than 20% of TWB but
                      not more than 80% of TWB            4.3%                    1.3%                      4.3%

                      More than 80% of TWB but
                      not more than TWB                   5.4%                    2.4%                      5.4%
</TABLE>


         C.       ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which
                  arise as a result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall
                  be allocated as follows:


                  1.       Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a profit sharing
                           plan, unless the Adoption Agreement indicates
                           otherwise, Forfeitures shall be allocated in the
                           manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for Employer
                           Contributions) to the Individual Accounts of
                           Qualifying Participants who are entitled to share in
                           the Employer Contribution for such Plan Year.
                           Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of
                           the Plan Year during which the Forfeiture arose (or
                           any subsequent Plan Year if indicated in the Adoption
                           Agreement).

                  2.       Money Purchase Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If
                           this Plan is a money purchase plan or a target
                           benefit plan, unless the Adoption Agreement indicates
                           otherwise, Forfeitures shall be applied towards the
                           reduction of Employer Contributions to the Plan.
                           Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of
                           the Plan Year during which the Forfeiture arose (or
                           any subsequent Plan Year if indicated in the Adoption
                           Agreement).

         D.       TIMING OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION - The Employer Contribution
                  for each Plan Year shall be delivered to the Trustee (or 
                  Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for
                  filing the Employer's income tax return for its fiscal year in
                  which the Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

         E.       MINIMUM ALLOCATION FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The contribution and
                  allocation provisions of this Section 3.01(E) shall apply for
                  any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
                  Plan.

                  1.       Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4) below,
                           the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated
                           on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key
                           Employee shall not be less than the lesser of 3% of
                           such Participant's Compensation or (in the case where
                           the Employer has no defined benefit plan which
                           designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401 of the
                           Code) the largest percentage of Employer 
                           Contributions and Forfeitures, as a percentage of the
                           first $200,000 ($150,000 for Plan Years beginning
                           after December 31, 1993), (increased by any cost of
                           living adjustment made by the Secretary of Treasury
                           or the Secretary's delegate) of the Key Employee's
                           Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee
                           for that year. The minimum allocation is determined
                           without regard to any Social Security contribution.
                           The Employer may, in the Adoption Agreement, limit
                           the Participants who are entitled to receive the
                           minimum allocation. This minimum allocation shall be
                           made even though under other Plan provisions, the
                           Participant would not otherwise be entitled to
                           receive an allocation, or would have received a
                           lesser allocation for the year because of (a) the
                           Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of
                           Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or
                           (b) the Participant's failure to make mandatory
                           Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan, or
                           (c) Compensation less than a stated amount.

                  2.       For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
                           Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in
                           Section 1.07 of the Plan and shall exclude any
                           amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
                           salary reduction agreement and which is not
                           includible in the gross income of the Employee under
                           Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of
                           the Code even if the Employer has elected to include
                           such contributions in the definition of Compensation
                           used for other purposes under the Plan.

                  3.       The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                           Participant who was not employed by the Employer on
                           the last day of the Plan Year.


                                       11



<PAGE>   16

                  4.       The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                           Participant to the extent the Participant is covered
                           under any other plan or plans of the Employer and the
                           Employer has provided in the adoption agreement that
                           the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
                           applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the
                           other plan or plans.

                  5.       The minimum allocation required under this Section
                           3.01(E) and Section 3.01(F)(1) (to the extent
                           required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section
                           416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section
                           411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).


         F.       SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PAIRED PLANS - The Employer maintains
                  paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized
                  profit sharing plan and a standardized money purchase pension
                  plan using this Basic Plan Document.

                  1.       Minimum Allocation - When the paired plans are
                           top-heavy, the top-heavy requirements set forth in
                           Section 3.01(E)(1) of the Plan shall apply.

                           a.       Same eligibility requirements. In satisfying
                                    the top-heavy minimum allocation
                                    requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E) of
                                    the Plan, if the Employees benefiting under
                                    each of the paired plans are identical, the
                                    top-heavy minimum allocation shall be made
                                    to the money purchase pension plan.

                           b.       Different eligibility requirements. In
                                    satisfying the top-heavy minimum allocation
                                    requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E) of
                                    the Plan, if the Employees benefiting under
                                    each of the paired plans are not identical,
                                    the top-heavy minimum allocation will be
                                    made to both of the paired plans.

                           A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan
                           for any Plan Year during which the Participant
                           received or is deemed to receive an allocation in
                           accordance with Section 1.410(b)-3(a).

                  2.       Only One Plan Can Be Integrated - If the Employer
                           maintains paired plans, only one of the Plans may
                           provide for the disparity in contributions which is
                           permitted under Section 401(l) of the Code. In the
                           event that both Adoption Agreements provide for such
                           integration, only the money purchase pension plan
                           shall be deemed to be integrated.

         G.       RETURN OF THE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION TO THE EMPLOYER UNDER
                  SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES - Any contribution made by the Employer
                  because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer
                  within one year of the contribution.

                  In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                  determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the
                  Code, any contributions made incident to that initial
                  qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer
                  within one year after the date the initial qualification is
                  denied, but only if the application for qualification is made
                  by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return
                  for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such
                  later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

                  In the event that a contribution made by the Employer under
                  this Plan is conditioned on deductibility and is not
                  deductible under Code Section 404, the contribution, to the
                  extent of the amount disallowed, must be returned to the
                  Employer within one year after the deduction is disallowed.

         H.       OMISSION OF PARTICIPANT

                  1.       If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target
                           benefit plan and, if in any Plan Year, any Employee
                           who should be included as a Participant is
                           erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is
                           not made until after a contribution by the Employer
                           for the year has been made and allocated, the
                           Employer shall make a subsequent contribution to
                           include earnings thereon, with respect to the omitted
                           Employee in the amount which the Employer would have
                           contributed with respect to that Employee had he or
                           she not been omitted.

                  2.       If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, and if in any
                           Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a
                           Participant is erroneously omitted and discovery of
                           such omission is not made until after the Employer
                           Contribution has been made and allocated, then the
                           Plan Administrator must re-do the allocation (if a
                           correction can be made) and inform the Employee.
                           Alternatively, the Employer may choose to contribute


                                       12

<PAGE>   17


                           for the omitted Employee the amount to include
                           earnings thereon, which the Employer would have
                           contributed for the Employee.

         3.02     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  This Plan will not accept Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                  and matching contributions for Plan Years beginning after the
                  Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions for Plan Years beginning
                  after December 31, 1986, together with any matching
                  contributions as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code, will
                  be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test of Section
                  401(m) of the Code.

                  A separate account will be maintained by the Plan
                  Administrator for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions of
                  each Participant.

                  A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the
                  Plan Administrator withdraw the lesser of the portion of his
                  or her Individual Account attributable to his or her
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions or the amount he or she
                  contributed as Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will
                  be nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur
                  solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

                  The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee
                  contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning
                  after December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date
                  will be maintained in a separate account which will be
                  nonforfeitable at all times. The account will share in the
                  gains and losses of the Fund in the same manner as described
                  in Section 4.03 of the Plan. No part of the deductible
                  employee contribution account will be used to purchase life
                  insurance. Subject to Section 6.05, joint and survivor annuity
                  requirements (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any
                  part of the deductible employee contribution account by making
                  a written application to the Plan Administrator.

         3.03     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
                  If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may
                  contribute a rollover contribution to the Plan. The Plan
                  Administrator may require the Employee to submit a written
                  certification that the contribution qualifies as a rollover
                  contribution under the applicable provisions of the Code. If
                  it is later determined that all or part of a rollover
                  contribution was ineligible to be rolled into the Plan, the
                  Plan Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts,
                  plus earnings attributable thereto, be distributed from the
                  Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible.

                  A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan
                  Administrator for each Employee's rollover contributions which
                  will be nonforfeitable at all times. Such account will share
                  in the income and gains and losses of the Fund in the manner
                  described in Section 4.03 and shall be subject to the Plan's
                  provisions governing distributions.

                  The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
                  only allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan
                  to make rollover contributions.

         3.04     TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
                  If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or
                  Custodian, if applicable) may receive any amounts transferred
                  to it from the trustee or custodian of another plan qualified
                  under Code Section 401(a). If it is later determined that all
                  or part of a transfer contribution was ineligible to be
                  transferred into the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct
                  that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings attributable
                  thereto, be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon
                  as administratively feasible.

                  A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan
                  Administrator for each Employee's transfer contributions which
                  will be nonforfeitable at all times. Such account will share
                  in the income and gains and losses of the Fund in the manner
                  described in Section 4.03 and shall be subject to the Plan's
                  provisions governing distributions. Notwithstanding any
                  provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any
                  optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a
                  distribution prior to the Employee's retirement, death,
                  Disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan
                  termination, the optional form of benefit is not available
                  with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the
                  post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are
                  transferred, within the meaning of Section 414(l) of the
                  Internal Revenue Code, to this Plan from a money purchase
                  pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal
                  Revenue Code (other than any portion of those assets and
                  liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions).

                  The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
                  only allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan
                  to make transfer contributions.


                                       13
<PAGE>   18


         3.05     LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
                  A.       If the Participant does not participate in, and has
                           never participated in another qualified plan
                           maintained by the Employer or a welfare benefit fund,
                           as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code maintained
                           by the Employer, or an individual medical account, as
                           defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, or a
                           simplified employee pension plan, as defined in
                           Section 408(k) of the Code, maintained by the
                           Employer, which provides an annual addition as
                           defined in Section 3.08(E)(1), the following rules
                           shall apply:

                           1.       The amount of annual additions which may be
                                    credited to the Participant's Individual
                                    Account for any limitation year will not
                                    exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible
                                    amount or any other limitation contained in
                                    this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that
                                    would otherwise be contributed or allocated
                                    to the Participant's Individual Account
                                    would cause the annual additions for the
                                    limitation year to exceed the maximum
                                    permissible amount, the amount contributed
                                    or allocated will be reduced so that the
                                    annual additions for the limitation year
                                    will equal the maximum permissible amount.

                           2.       Prior to determining the Participant's
                                    actual Compensation for the limitation year,
                                    the Employer may determine the maximum
                                    permissible amount for a Participant on the
                                    basis of a reasonable estimation of the
                                    Participant's Compensation for the
                                    limitation year, uniformly determined for
                                    all Participants similarly situated.

                           3.       As soon as is administratively feasible
                                    after the end of the limitation year, the
                                    maximum permissible amount for the
                                    limitation year will be determined on the
                                    basis of the Participant's actual
                                    Compensation for the limitation year.

                           4.       If pursuant to Section 3.05(A)(3) or as a
                                    result of the allocation of Forfeitures
                                    there is an excess amount, the excess will
                                    be disposed of as follows:

                                    a.       Any Nondeductible Employee
                                             Contributions, to the extent they
                                             would reduce the excess amount,
                                             will be returned to the
                                             Participant;

                                    b.       If after the application of
                                             paragraph (a) an excess amount
                                             still exists, and the Participant
                                             is covered by the Plan at the end
                                             of the limitation year, the excess
                                             amount in the Participant's
                                             Individual Account will be used to
                                             reduce Employer Contributions
                                             (including any allocation of
                                             Forfeitures) for such Participant
                                             in the next limitation year, and
                                             each succeeding limitation year if
                                             necessary;

                                    c.       If after the application of
                                             paragraph (b) an excess amount
                                             still exists, and the Participant
                                             is not covered by the Plan at the
                                             end of a limitation year, the
                                             excess amount will be held
                                             unallocated in a suspense account.
                                             The suspense account will be
                                             applied to reduce future Employer
                                             Contributions (including allocation
                                             of any Forfeitures) for all
                                             remaining Participants in the next
                                             limitation year, and each
                                             succeeding limitation year if
                                             necessary;

                                    d.       If a suspense account is in
                                             existence at any time during a
                                             limitation year pursuant to this
                                             Section, it will not participate in
                                             the allocation of the Fund's
                                             investment gains and losses. If a
                                             suspense account is in existence at
                                             any time during a particular
                                             limitation year, all amounts in the
                                             suspense account must be allocated
                                             and reallocated to Participants'
                                             Individual Accounts before any
                                             Employer Contributions or any
                                             Nondeductible Employee
                                             Contributions may be made to the
                                             Plan for that limitation year.
                                             Excess amounts may not be
                                             distributed to Participants or
                                             former Participants.

         B.       If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under
                  another qualified master or prototype defined contribution
                  plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund
                  maintained by the Employer, an individual medical account
                  maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension
                  maintained by the Employer that provides an annual addition as
                  defined in Section 3.05(E)(1), during any limitation year, the
                  following rules apply:

                  1.       The annual additions which may be credited to a
                           Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for
                           any such limitation year will not exceed the maximum
                           permissible amount reduced by the annual additions
                           credited to a Participant's Individual Account under
                           the other qualified master or prototype plans,
                           welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts
                           and simplified employee pensions for the same
                           limitation year. If the annual additions with respect
                           to the Participant under other qualified master or
                           prototype defined contribution plans, welfare benefit
                           funds, individual medical accounts and simplified
                           employee pensions

                                       14


<PAGE>   19

                           maintained by the Employer are less than the maximum
                           permissible amount and the Employer Contribution that
                           would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the
                           Participant's Individual Account under this Plan
                           would cause the annual additions for the limitation
                           year to exceed this limitation, the amount
                           contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
                           annual additions under all such plans and funds for
                           the limitation year will equal the maximum
                           permissible amount. If the annual additions with
                           respect to the Participant under such other qualified
                           master or prototype defined contribution plans,
                           welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts
                           and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are
                           equal to or greater than the maximum permissible
                           amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to
                           the Participant's Individual Account under this Plan
                           for the limitation year.

                  2.       Prior to determining the Participant's actual
                           Compensation for the limitation year, the Employer
                           may determine the maximum permissible amount for a
                           Participant in the manner described in Section
                           3.05(A)(2).

                  3.       As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
                           of the limitation year, the maximum permissible
                           amount for the limitation year will be determined on
                           the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation
                           for the limitation year.

                  4.       If, pursuant to Section 3.05(B)(3) or as a result of
                           the allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's annual
                           additions under this Plan and such other plans would
                           result in an excess amount for a limitation year, the
                           excess amount will be deemed to consist of the annual
                           additions last allocated, except that annual
                           additions attributable to a simplified employee
                           pension will be deemed to have been allocated first,
                           followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit
                           fund or individual medical account, regardless of the
                           actual allocation date.

                  5.       If an excess amount was allocated to a Participant on
                           an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with
                           an allocation date of another plan, the excess amount
                           attributed to this Plan will be the product of,

                           a.       the total excess amount allocated as of such
                                    date, times

                           b.       the ratio of (i) the annual additions
                                    allocated to the Participant for the
                                    limitation year as of such date under this
                                    Plan to (ii) the total annual additions
                                    allocated to the Participant for the
                                    limitation year as of such date under this
                                    and all the other qualified prototype
                                    defined contribution plans.

                  6.       Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be
                           disposed in the manner described in Section
                           3.05(A)(4).

         C.       If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                  contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
                  master or prototype plan, annual additions which may be
                  credited to the Participant's Individual Account under this
                  Plan for any limitation year will be limited in accordance
                  with Sections 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) as though the
                  other plan were a master or prototype plan unless the Employer
                  provides other limitations in the Section of the Adoption
                  Agreement titled "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One
                  Plan."

         D.       If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a
                  qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in
                  this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan
                  fraction and defined contribution plan fraction will not
                  exceed 1.0 in any limitation year. The annual additions which
                  may be credited to the Participant's Individual Account under
                  this Plan for any limitation year will be limited in
                  accordance with the Section of the Adoption Agreement titled
                  "Limitation on Allocation More Than One Plan."

         E.       The following terms shall have the following meanings when
                  used in this Section 3.05:

                  1.       Annual additions: The sum of the following amounts
                           credited to a Participant's Individual Account for
                           the limitation year:

                           a.       Employer Contributions,

                           b.       Nondeductible Employee Contributions,

                           c.       Forfeitures,

                           d.       amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to
                                    an individual medical account, as defined in
                                    Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part
                                    of a pension or annuity plan maintained by
                                    the Employer are treated as annual additions
                                    to a defined contribution plan. Also amounts
                                    derived from contributions


                                       15

<PAGE>   20

                                    paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
                                    taxable years ending after such date, which
                                    are attributable to post-retirement medical
                                    benefits, allocated to the separate account
                                    of a key employee, as defined in Section
                                    419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
                                    benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e)
                                    of the Code, maintained by the Employer are
                                    treated as annual additions to a defined
                                    contribution plan, and

                           e.       allocations under a simplified employee
                                    pension.

                           For this purpose, any excess amount applied under
                           Section 3.05(A)(4) or 3.05(B)(6) in the limitation
                           year to reduce Employer Contributions will be
                           considered annual additions for such limitation year.

                  2.       Compensation: Means Compensation as defined in
                           Section 1.07 of the Plan except that Compensation for
                           purposes of this Section 3.05 shall not include any
                           amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
                           salary reduction agreement and which is not
                           includible in the gross income of the Employee under
                           Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of
                           the Code even if the Employer has elected to include
                           such contributions in the definition of Compensation
                           used for other purposes under the Plan. Further, any
                           other exclusion the Employer has elected (such as the
                           exclusion of certain types of pay or pay earned
                           before the Employee enters the Plan) will not apply
                           for purposes of this Section.

                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation
                           for a Participant in a defined contribution plan who
                           is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
                           Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation
                           such Participant would have received for the
                           limitation year if the Participant had been paid at
                           the rate of Compensation paid immediately before
                           becoming permanently and totally disabled; such
                           imputed Compensation for the disabled Participant may
                           be taken into account only if the Participant is not
                           a Highly Compensated Employee (as defined in Section
                           414(q) of the Code) and contributions made on behalf
                           of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                  3.       Defined benefit fraction: A fraction, the numerator
                           of which is the sum of the Participant's projected
                           annual benefits under all the defined benefit plans
                           (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
                           Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser
                           of 125% of the dollar limitation determined for the
                           limitation year under Section 415(b) and (d) of the
                           Code or 140% of the highest average compensation,
                           including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of the
                           Code.

                           Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
                           Participant as of the first day of the first
                           limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
                           one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
                           Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
                           denominator of this fraction will not be less than
                           125% of the sum of the annual benefits under such
                           plans which the Participant had accrued as of the
                           close of the last limitation year beginning before
                           January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the
                           terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986.
                           The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
                           benefit plans individually and in the aggregate
                           satisfied the requirements of Section 415 of the Code
                           for all limitation years beginning before January 1,
                           1987.

                  4.       Defined contribution dollar limitation: $30,000 or if
                           greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar
                           limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code
                           as in effect for the limitation year.

                  5.       Defined contribution fraction: A fraction, the
                           numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions
                           to the Participant's account under all the defined
                           contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
                           maintained by the Employer for the current and all
                           prior limitation years (including the annual
                           additions attributable to the Participant's
                           nondeductible employee contributions to all defined
                           benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained
                           by the Employer, and the annual additions
                           attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
                           in Section 419(e) of the Code, individual medical
                           accounts, and simplified employee pensions,
                           maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
                           which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for
                           the current and all prior limitation years of service
                           with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
                           contribution plan was maintained by the Employer).
                           The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year
                           is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation
                           determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code
                           in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or
                           35% of the Participant's Compensation for such year.

                           If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of
                           the first day of the first limitation year beginning
                           after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined
                           contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
                           were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of
                           this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
                           fraction and the defined benefit fraction would
                           otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.
                           Under the adjustment, an


                                       16

<PAGE>   21

                           amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the
                           sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the
                           denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
                           subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The
                           adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they
                           would be computed as of the end of the last
                           limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and
                           disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions
                           of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the
                           Section 415 limitation applicable to the first
                           limitation year beginning on or after January 1,
                           1987.

                           The annual addition for any limitation year beginning
                           before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to
                           treat all Nondeductible Employee Contributions as
                           annual additions.

                  6.       Employer: For purposes of this Section 3.05, Employer
                           shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and
                           all members of a controlled group of corporations (as
                           defined in Section 414(b) of the Code as modified by
                           Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or
                           businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified
                           by Section 415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as
                           defined in Section 414(m)) of which the adopting
                           Employer is a part, and any other entity required to
                           be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
                           regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

                  7.       Excess amount: The excess of the Participant's annual
                           additions for the limitation year over the maximum
                           permissible amount.

                  8.       Highest average compensation: The average
                           compensation for the three consecutive years of
                           service with the Employer that produces the highest
                           average.

                  9.       Limitation year: A calendar year, or the
                           12-consecutive month period elected by the Employer
                           in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans
                           maintained by the Employer must use the same
                           limitation year. If the limitation year is amended to
                           a different 12-consecutive month period, the new
                           limitation year must begin on a date within the
                           limitation year in which the amendment is made.

                  10.      Master or prototype plan: A plan the form of which is
                           the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the
                           Internal Revenue Service.

                  11.      Maximum permissible amount: The maximum annual
                           addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
                           Participant's Individual Account under the Plan for
                           any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:

                           a.       the defined contribution dollar limitation,
                                    or

                           b.       25% of the Participant's Compensation for
                                    the limitation year.

                           The compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall
                           not apply to any contribution for medical benefits
                           (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section
                           419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as
                           an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) or
                           419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                           If a short limitation year is created because of an
                           amendment changing the limitation year to a different
                           12-consecutive month period, the maximum permissible
                           amount will not exceed the defined contribution
                           dollar limitation multiplied by the following
                           fraction:

                           Number of months in the short limitation year 12

                  12.      Projected annual benefit: The annual retirement
                           benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
                           straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in
                           a form other than a straight life annuity or
                           qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the
                           Participant would be entitled under the terms of the
                           Plan assuming:

                           a.       the Participant will continue employment
                                    until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan
                                    (or current age, if later), and

                           b.       the Participant's Compensation for the
                                    current limitation year and all other
                                    relevant factors used to determine benefits
                                    under the Plan will remain constant for all
                                    future limitation years.

                           Straight life annuity means an annuity payable in
                           equal installments for the life of the Participant
                           that terminates upon the Participant's death.

                                       17

<PAGE>   22

SECTION FOUR      INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

         4.01     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

                  A.       The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain
                           an Individual Account in the name of each Participant
                           to reflect the total value of his or her interest in
                           the Fund. Each Individual Account established
                           hereunder shall consist of such subaccounts as may be
                           needed for each Participant including:

                           1.       a subaccount to reflect Employer
                                    Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on
                                    behalf of a Participant;
                           2.       a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                                    rollover contributions;
                           3.       a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                                    transfer contributions;
                           4.       a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                                    Nondeductible Employee Contributions; and
                           5.       a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                                    deductible employee contributions.

                  B.       The Plan Administrator may establish additional
                           accounts as it may deem necessary for the proper
                           administration of the Plan, including, but not
                           limited to, a suspense account for Forfeitures as
                           required pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

         4.02     VALUATION OF FUND
                  The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market
                  value.

         4.03     VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                  A.       Where all or a portion of the assets of a
                           Participant's Individual Account are invested in a
                           Separate Fund for the Participant, then the value of
                           that portion of such Participant's Individual Account
                           at any relevant time equals the sum of the fair
                           market values of the assets in such Separate Fund,
                           less any applicable charges or penalties.

                  B.       The fair market value of the remainder of each
                           Individual Account is determined in the following
                           manner:

                           1.       First, the portion of the Individual Account
                                    invested in each Investment Fund as of the
                                    previous Valuation Date is determined. Each
                                    such portion is reduced by any withdrawal
                                    made from the applicable Investment Fund to
                                    or for the benefit of a Participant or the
                                    Participant's Beneficiary, further reduced
                                    by any amounts forfeited by the Participant
                                    pursuant to Section 6.01(D) and further
                                    reduced by any transfer to another
                                    Investment Fund since the previous Valuation
                                    Date and is increased by any amount
                                    transferred from another Investment Fund
                                    since the previous Valuation Date. The
                                    resulting amounts are the net Individual
                                    Account portions invested in the Investment
                                    Funds.

                           2.       Secondly, the net Individual Account
                                    portions invested in each Investment Fund
                                    are adjusted upwards or downwards, pro rata
                                    (i.e., ratio of each net Individual Account
                                    portion to the sum of all net Individual
                                    Account portions) so that the sum of all the
                                    net Individual Account portions invested in
                                    an Investment Fund will equal the then fair
                                    market value of the Investment Fund.
                                    Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for
                                    the first Plan Year only, the net Individual
                                    Account portions shall be the sum of all
                                    contributions made to each Participant's
                                    Individual Account during the first Plan
                                    Year.

                           3.       Thirdly, any contributions to the Plan and
                                    Forfeitures are allocated in accordance with
                                    the appropriate allocation provisions of
                                    Section 3. For purposes of Section 4,
                                    contributions made by the Employer for any
                                    Plan Year but after that Plan Year will be
                                    considered to have been made on the last day
                                    of that Plan Year regardless of when paid to
                                    the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).

                                    Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates
                                    will not be credited with investment gains
                                    or losses until the next following Valuation
                                    Date.

                           4.       Finally, the portions of the Individual
                                    Account invested in each Investment Fund
                                    (determined in accordance with (1), (2) and
                                    (3) above) are added together.

         4.04     MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                  If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may
                  establish different or additional procedures (which shall be
                  uniform and nondiscriminatory) for determining the fair market
                  value of the Individual Accounts.

         4.05     SEGREGATION OF ASSETS


                                       18

<PAGE>   23


                  If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a
                  lump sum, the Plan Administrator may place that Participant's
                  account balance into a segregated Investment Fund for the
                  purpose of maintaining the necessary liquidity to provide
                  benefit installments on a periodic basis.

         4.06     STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                  No later than 270 days after the close of each Plan Year, the
                  Plan Administrator shall furnish a statement to each
                  Participant indicating the Individual Account balances of such
                  Participant as of the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

SECTION FIVE      TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

         5.01     CREATION OF FUND
                  By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund which
                  shall consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee
                  (or Custodian, if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5.
                  Assets within the Fund may be pooled on behalf of all
                  Participants, earmarked on behalf of each Participant or be a
                  combination of pooled and earmarked. To the extent that assets
                  are earmarked for a particular Participant, they will be held
                  in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

                  No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for,
                  or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit
                  of Participants or their Beneficiaries.

         5.02     INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
                  Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual
                  direction of investments by Participants), the Employer, not
                  the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), shall have
                  exclusive management and control over the investment of the
                  Fund into any permitted investment. Notwithstanding the
                  preceding sentence, a Trustee may make an agreement with the
                  Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the investment of all
                  or a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall be in
                  writing and set forth such matters as the Trustee deems
                  necessary or desirable.

         5.03     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL TRUST
                  POWERS
                  This Section 5.03 applies where a financial organization has
                  indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve, with
                  respect to this Plan, as Custodian or as Trustee without full
                  trust powers (under applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial
                  organization Trustee without full trust powers (under
                  applicable law) shall be referred to as a Custodian. The
                  Custodian shall have no discretionary authority with respect
                  to the management of the Plan or the Fund but will act only as
                  directed by the entity who has such authority.

                  A.       PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The assets of the Plan
                           shall be invested only in those investments which are
                           available through the Custodian in the ordinary
                           course of business which the Custodian may legally
                           hold in a qualified plan and which the Custodian
                           chooses to make available to Employers for qualified
                           plan investments. Notwithstanding the preceding
                           sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may, as a condition
                           of making the Plan available to the Employer, limit
                           the types of property in which the assets of the Plan
                           may be invested.

                  B.       RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN - The
                           responsibilities of the Custodian shall be limited to
                           the following:

                           1.       To receive Plan contributions and to hold,
                                    invest and reinvest the Fund without
                                    distinction between principal and interest;
                                    provided, however, that nothing in this Plan
                                    shall require the Custodian to maintain
                                    physical custody of stock certificates (or
                                    other indicia of ownership of any type of
                                    asset) representing assets within the Fund;

                           2.       To maintain accurate records of
                                    contributions, earnings, withdrawals and
                                    other information the Custodian deems
                                    relevant with respect to the Plan;

                           3.       To make disbursements from the Fund to
                                    Participants or Beneficiaries upon the
                                    proper authorization of the Plan
                                    Administrator; and

                           4.       To furnish to the Plan Administrator a
                                    statement which reflects the value of the
                                    investments in the hands of the Custodian as
                                    of the end of each Plan Year and as of any
                                    other times as the Custodian and Plan
                                    Administrator may agree.

                  C.       POWERS OF THE CUSTODIAN - Except as otherwise
                           provided in this Plan, the Custodian shall have the
                           power to take any action with respect to the Fund
                           which it deems necessary or advisable to discharge
                           its responsibilities under this Plan including, but
                           not limited to, the following powers:

                                       19

<PAGE>   24

                           1.       To invest all or a portion of the Fund
                                    (including idle cash balances) in time
                                    deposits, savings accounts, money market
                                    accounts or similar investments bearing a
                                    reasonable rate of interest in the
                                    Custodian's own savings department or the
                                    savings department of another financial
                                    organization;

                           2.       To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other
                                    securities; to give general or special
                                    proxies or powers of attorney with or
                                    without power of substitution; to exercise
                                    any conversion privileges or subscription
                                    rights and to make any payments incidental
                                    thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or
                                    otherwise participate in, corporate
                                    reorganizations or other changes affecting
                                    corporate securities, and to pay any
                                    assessment or charges in connection
                                    therewith; and generally to exercise any of
                                    the powers of an owner with respect to
                                    stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

                           3.       To hold securities or other property of the
                                    Fund in its own name, in the name of its
                                    nominee or in bearer form; and

                           4.       To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver
                                    any and all documents of transfer and
                                    conveyance and any and all other instruments
                                    that may be necessary or appropriate to
                                    carry out the powers herein granted.

         5.04     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND
                  INDIVIDUAL TRUSTEE
                  This Section 5.04 applies where a financial organization has
                  indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as
                  Trustee with full trust powers. This Section also applies
                  where one or more individuals are named in the Adoption
                  Agreement to serve as Trustee(s).

                  A.       PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The Trustee may invest the
                           assets of the Plan in property of any character, real
                           or personal, including, but not limited to the
                           following: stocks, including shares of open-end
                           investment companies (mutual funds); bonds; notes;
                           debentures; options; limited partnership interests;
                           mortgages; real estate or any interests therein; unit
                           investment trusts; Treasury Bills, and other U.S.
                           Government obligations; common trust funds, combined
                           investment trusts, collective trust funds or
                           commingled funds maintained by a bank or similar
                           financial organization (whether or not the Trustee
                           hereunder); savings accounts, time deposits or money
                           market accounts of a bank or similar financial
                           organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder);
                           annuity contracts; life insurance policies; or in
                           such other investments as is deemed proper without
                           regard to investments authorized by statute or rule
                           of law governing the investment of trust funds but
                           with regard to ERISA and this Plan.

                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype
                           Sponsor may, as a condition of making the Plan
                           available to the Employer, limit the types of
                           property in which the assets of the Plan may be
                           invested.

                  B.       RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE - The
                           responsibilities of the Trustee shall be limited to
                           the following:

                           1.       To receive Plan contributions and to hold,
                                    invest and reinvest the Fund without
                                    distinction between principal and interest;
                                    provided, however, that nothing in this Plan
                                    shall require the Trustee to maintain
                                    physical custody of stock certificates (or
                                    other indicia of ownership) representing
                                    assets within the Fund;

                           2.       To maintain accurate records of
                                    contributions, earnings, withdrawals and
                                    other information the Trustee deems relevant
                                    with respect to the Plan;

                           3.       To make disbursements from the Fund to
                                    Participants or Beneficiaries upon the
                                    proper authorization of the Plan
                                    Administrator; and

                           4.       To furnish to the Plan Administrator a
                                    statement which reflects the value of the
                                    investments in the hands of the Trustee as
                                    of the end of each Plan Year and as of any
                                    other times as the Trustee and Plan
                                    Administrator may agree.

                  C.       POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE - Except as otherwise provided
                           in this Plan, the Trustee shall have the power to
                           take any action with respect to the Fund which it
                           deems necessary or advisable to discharge its
                           responsibilities under this Plan including, but not
                           limited to, the following powers:

                           1.       To hold any securities or other property of
                                    the Fund in its own name, in the name of its
                                    nominee or in bearer form;

                                       20

<PAGE>   25

                           2.       To purchase or subscribe for securities
                                    issued, or real property owned, by the
                                    Employer or any trade or business under
                                    common control with the Employer but only if
                                    the prudent investment and diversification
                                    requirements of ERISA are satisfied;

                           3.       To sell, exchange, convey, transfer or
                                    otherwise dispose of any securities or other
                                    property held by the Trustee, by private
                                    contract or at public auction. No person
                                    dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to
                                    see to the application of the purchase money
                                    or to inquire into the validity, expediency,
                                    or propriety of any such sale or other
                                    disposition, with or without advertisement;

                           4.       To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other
                                    securities; to give general or special
                                    proxies or powers of attorney with or
                                    without power of substitution; to exercise
                                    any conversion privileges or subscription
                                    rights and to make any payments incidental
                                    thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or
                                    otherwise participate in, corporate
                                    reorganizations or other changes affecting
                                    corporate securities, and to delegate
                                    discretionary powers, and to pay any
                                    assessments or charges in connection
                                    therewith; and generally to exercise any of
                                    the powers of an owner with respect to
                                    stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

                           5.       To invest any part or all of the Fund
                                    (including idle cash balances) in
                                    certificates of deposit, demand or time
                                    deposits, savings accounts, money market
                                    accounts or similar investments of the
                                    Trustee (if the Trustee is a bank or similar
                                    financial organization), the Prototype
                                    Sponsor or any affiliate of such Trustee or
                                    Prototype Sponsor, which bear a reasonable
                                    rate of interest;

                           6.       To provide sweep services without the
                                    receipt by the Trustee of additional
                                    compensation or other consideration (other
                                    than reimbursement of direct expenses
                                    properly and actually incurred in the
                                    performance of such services);

                           7.       To hold in the form of cash for distribution
                                    or investment such portion of the Fund as,
                                    at any time and from time-to-time, the
                                    Trustee shall deem prudent and deposit such
                                    cash in interest bearing or noninterest
                                    bearing accounts;

                           8.       To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver
                                    any and all documents of transfer and
                                    conveyance and any and all other instruments
                                    that may be necessary or appropriate to
                                    carry out the powers herein granted;

                           9.       To settle, compromise, or submit to
                                    arbitration any claims, debts, or damages
                                    due or owing to or from the Plan, to
                                    commence or defend suits or legal or
                                    administrative proceedings, and to represent
                                    the Plan in all suits and legal and
                                    administrative proceedings;

                           10.      To employ suitable agents and counsel, to
                                    contract with agents to perform
                                    administrative and recordkeeping duties and
                                    to pay their reasonable expenses, fees and
                                    compensation, and such agent or counsel may
                                    or may not be agent or counsel for the
                                    Employer;

                           11.      To cause any part or all of the Fund,
                                    without limitation as to amount, to be
                                    commingled with the funds of other trusts
                                    (including trusts for qualified employee
                                    benefit plans) by causing such money to be
                                    invested as a part of any pooled, common,
                                    collective or commingled trust fund
                                    (including any such fund described in the
                                    Adoption Agreement) heretofore or hereafter
                                    created by any Trustee (if the Trustee is a
                                    bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by any
                                    affiliate bank of such a Trustee or by such
                                    a Trustee or the Prototype Sponsor, or by
                                    such an affiliate in participation with
                                    others; the instrument or instruments
                                    establishing such trust fund or funds, as
                                    amended, being made part of this Plan and
                                    trust so long as any portion of the Fund
                                    shall be invested through the medium
                                    thereof; and

                           12.      Generally to do all such acts, execute all
                                    such instruments, initiate such proceedings,
                                    and exercise all such rights and privileges
                                    with relation to property constituting the
                                    Fund as if the Trustee were the absolute
                                    owner thereof.

         5.05     DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
                  The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from
                  time-to-time to divide and redivide the Fund into one or more
                  Investment Funds. Such Investment Funds may include, but not
                  be limited to, Investment Funds representing the assets under
                  the control of an investment manager pursuant to Section 5.12
                  and Investment Funds representing investment options available
                  for individual direction by Participants pursuant to Section
                  5.14. Upon each division or redivision, the Employer may
                  specify the part of the Fund to be allocated to each such
                  Investment Fund and the terms and conditions, if any, under
                  which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.


                                       21

<PAGE>   26


         5.06     COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
                  The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall receive such
                  reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee
                  (or Custodian) and the Employer. The Trustee (or Custodian)
                  shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all
                  proper expenses incurred in carrying out his or her duties
                  under this Plan, including reasonable legal, accounting and
                  actuarial expenses. If not paid by the Employer, such
                  compensation and expenses may be charged against the Fund.

                  All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed under
                  existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or
                  the income thereof shall be paid from the Fund.

         5.07     NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
                  The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) and Plan Administrator the information which each
                  party deems necessary for the administration of the Plan
                  including, but not limited to, changes in a Participant's
                  status, eligibility, mailing addresses and other such data as
                  may be required. The Trustee (or Custodian) and Plan
                  Administrator shall be entitled to act on such information as
                  is supplied them and shall have no duty or responsibility to
                  further verify or question such information.

         5.08     LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
                  The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for withholding
                  federal income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless
                  the Participant (or Beneficiary, where applicable) elects not
                  to have such taxes withheld. The Trustee (or Custodian) or
                  other payor may act as agent for the Plan Administrator to
                  withhold such taxes and to make the appropriate distribution
                  reports, if the Plan Administrator furnishes all the
                  information to the Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor it
                  may need to do withholding and reporting.

         5.09     RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)
                  The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may resign at any
                  time by giving 30 days advance written notice to the Employer.
                  The resignation shall become effective 30 days after receipt
                  of such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon.

                  The Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian) at any time
                  by giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and
                  such removal shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such
                  notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon. The Employer
                  shall have the power to appoint a successor Trustee (or
                  Custodian).

                  Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed
                  Trustee (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian), he
                  or she shall transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held
                  by such Trustee (or Custodian) as expeditiously as possible to
                  the successor Trustee (or Custodian) after paying or reserving
                  such reasonable amount as he or she shall deem necessary to
                  provide for the expense in the settlement of the accounts and
                  the amount of any compensation due him or her and any sums
                  chargeable against the Fund for which he or she may be liable.
                  If the Funds as reserved are not sufficient for such purpose,
                  then he or she shall be entitled to reimbursement from the
                  successor Trustee (or Custodian) out of the assets in the
                  successor Trustee's (or Custodian's) hands under this Plan. If
                  the amount reserved shall be in excess of the amount actually
                  needed, the former Trustee (or Custodian) shall return such
                  excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian).

                  Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee
                  (or Custodian) shall thereupon succeed to all of the powers
                  and responsibilities given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by
                  this Plan.

                  The resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian) shall render
                  an accounting to the Employer and unless objected to by the
                  Employer within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall
                  be deemed to have been approved and the resigning or removed
                  Trustee (or Custodian) shall be released and discharged as to
                  all matters set forth in the accounting. Where a financial
                  organization is serving as Trustee (or Custodian) and it is
                  merged with or bought by another organization (or comes under
                  the control of any federal or state agency), that organization
                  shall serve as the successor Trustee (or Custodian) of this
                  Plan, but only if it is the type of organization that can so
                  serve under applicable law.

                  Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee
                  or custodian pursuant to Section 1.401-12(n) of the Income Tax
                  Regulations, the Employer will appoint a successor Trustee (or
                  Custodian) upon notification by the Commissioner of Internal
                  Revenue that such substitution is required because the Trustee
                  (or Custodian) has failed to comply with the requirements of
                  Section 1.401-12(n) or is not keeping such records or making
                  such returns or rendering such statements as are required by
                  forms or regulations.

         5.10     DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY


                                       22

<PAGE>   27

                  The Trustee (or Custodian) shall not be liable for any losses
                  incurred by the Fund by any direction to invest communicated
                  by the Employer, Plan Administrator, investment manager
                  appointed pursuant to Section 5.12 or any Participant or
                  Beneficiary. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be under no
                  liability for distributions made or other action taken or not
                  taken at the written direction of the Plan Administrator. It
                  is specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian)
                  shall have no duty or responsibility with respect to the
                  determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any
                  Employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant
                  hereunder, the amount of benefit to which a Participant or
                  Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive hereunder, whether a
                  distribution to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate
                  under the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any policy
                  to be purchased from any insurer for any Participant hereunder
                  or similar matters; it being understood that all such
                  responsibilities under the Plan are vested in the Plan
                  Administrator.

         5.11     INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR
                  CUSTODIAN)
                  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may
                  be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify
                  and hold harmless the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
                  and the Prototype Sponsor, their officers, directors,
                  employees, agents, their heirs, executors, successors and
                  assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, damages,
                  judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses
                  (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
                  incurred in connection with any action taken by such parties
                  in the performance of their duties with respect to this Plan,
                  unless there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence
                  or willful misconduct in the performance of such duties.

                  Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the
                  Employer will indemnify the Trustee (or Custodian) and
                  Prototype Sponsor from any liability, claim or expense
                  (including legal expense) which the Trustee (or Custodian) and
                  Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of or which results,
                  in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or Custodian's) or
                  Prototype Sponsor's reliance on the facts and other directions
                  and elections the Employer communicates or fails to
                  communicate.

         5.12     INVESTMENT MANAGERS
                  A.       DEFINITION OF INVESTMENT MANAGER - The Employer may
                           appoint one or more investment managers to make
                           investment decisions with respect to all or a portion
                           of the Fund. The investment manager shall be any firm
                           or individual registered as an investment adviser
                           under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as
                           defined in said Act or an insurance company qualified
                           under the laws of more than one state to perform
                           services consisting of the management, acquisition or
                           disposition of any assets of the Plan.

                  B.       INVESTMENT MANAGER'S AUTHORITY - A separate
                           Investment Fund shall be established representing the
                           assets of the Fund invested at the direction of the
                           investment manager. The investment manager so
                           appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                           applicable ) with respect to the investment of such
                           Investment Fund. The investments which may be
                           acquired at the direction of the investment manager
                           are those described in Section 5.03(A) (for
                           Custodians) or Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

                  C.       WRITTEN AGREEMENT - The appointment of any investment
                           manager shall be by written agreement between the
                           Employer and the investment manager and a copy of
                           such agreement (and any modification or termination
                           thereof) must be given to the Trustee (or Custodian).

                           The agreement shall set forth, among other matters,
                           the effective date of the investment manager's
                           appointment and an acknowledgement by the investment
                           manager that it is a fiduciary of the Plan under
                           ERISA.

                  D.       CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN) - Written
                           notice of each appointment of an investment manager
                           shall be given to the Trustee (or Custodian) in
                           advance of the effective date of such appointment.
                           Such notice shall specify which portion of the Fund
                           will constitute the Investment Fund subject to the
                           investment manager's direction. The Trustee (or
                           Custodian) shall comply with the investment direction
                           given to it by the investment manager and will not be
                           liable for any loss which may result by reason of any
                           action (or inaction) it takes at the direction of the
                           investment manager.

         5.13     MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE
                  A.       If a life insurance policy is to be purchased for a
                           Participant, the aggregate premium for certain life
                           insurance for each Participant must be less than a
                           certain percentage of the aggregate Employer
                           Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
                           Participant's Individual Account at any particular
                           time as follows:

                           1.       Ordinary Life Insurance - For purposes of
                                    these incidental insurance provisions,
                                    ordinary life insurance contracts are
                                    contracts with both nondecreasing death
                                    benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such

                                       23

<PAGE>   28

                                    contracts are purchased, less than 50% of
                                    the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                                    Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's
                                    Individual Account will be used to pay the
                                    premiums attributable to them.

                           2.       Term and Universal Life Insurance - No more
                                    than 25% of the aggregate Employer
                                    Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
                                    any Participant's Individual Account will be
                                    used to pay the premiums on term life
                                    insurance contracts, universal life
                                    insurance contracts, and all other life
                                    insurance contracts which are not ordinary
                                    life.

                           3.       Combination - The sum of 50% of the ordinary
                                    life insurance premiums and all other life
                                    insurance premiums will not exceed 25% of
                                    the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                                    Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's
                                    Individual Account.

                           If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the above
                           incidental benefits limits do not apply to life
                           insurance contracts purchased with Employer
                           Contributions and Forfeitures that have been in the
                           Participant's Individual Account for at least 2 full
                           Plan Years, measured from the date such contributions
                           were allocated.

                  B.       Any dividends or credits earned on insurance
                           contracts for a Participant shall be allocated to
                           such Participant's Individual Account.

                  C.       Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a
                           Participant's life will be converted to cash or an
                           annuity or distributed to the Participant upon
                           commencement of benefits.

                  D.       The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply
                           for and will be the owner of any insurance
                           contract(s) purchased under the terms of this Plan.
                           The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds
                           will be payable to the Trustee (or Custodian),
                           however, the Trustee (or Custodian) shall be required
                           to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the
                           Participant's designated Beneficiary in accordance
                           with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A
                           Participant's spouse will be the designated
                           Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances
                           unless a qualified election has been made in
                           accordance with Section 6.05. Under no circumstances
                           shall the Fund retain any part of the proceeds. In
                           the event of any conflict between the terms of this
                           Plan and the terms of any insurance contract
                           purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
                           control.

                  E.       The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee (or
                           Custodian) to sell and distribute insurance or
                           annuity contracts to a Participant (or other party as
                           may be permitted) in accordance with applicable law
                           or regulations.

         5.14     DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
                  If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant
                  may individually direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) regarding the investment of part or all of his or
                  her Individual Account. To the extent so directed, the
                  Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee (or Custodian) and all
                  other fiduciaries are relieved of their fiduciary
                  responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.

                  The Plan Administrator shall direct that a Separate Fund be
                  established in the name of each Participant who directs the
                  investment of part or all of his or her Individual Account.
                  Each Separate Fund shall be charged or credited (as
                  appropriate) with the earnings, gains, losses or expenses
                  attributable to such Separate Fund. No fiduciary shall be
                  liable for any loss which results from a Participant's
                  individual direction. The assets subject to individual
                  direction shall not be invested in collectibles as that term
                  is defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.

                  The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory rules relating to individual direction as it
                  deems necessary or advisable including, but not limited to,
                  rules describing (1) which portions of Participant's
                  Individual Account can be individually directed; (2) the
                  frequency of investment changes; (3) the forms and procedures
                  for making investment changes; and (4) the effect of a
                  Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

                  The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  manner, limit the available investments for Participants'
                  individual direction to certain specified investment options
                  (including, but not limited to, certain mutual funds,
                  investment contracts, deposit accounts and group trusts). The
                  Plan Administrator may permit, in a uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased
                  Participant or the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                  relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) to
                  individually direct in accordance with this Section.

SECTION SIX       VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION

         6.01     DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT


                                       24

<PAGE>   29

                  A.       DISTRIBUTABLE EVENTS

                           1.       Entitlement to Distribution - The Vested
                                    portion of a Participant's Individual
                                    Account shall be distributable to the
                                    Participant upon (1) the occurrence of any
                                    of the distributable events specified in the
                                    Adoption Agreement; (2) the Participant's
                                    Termination of Employment after attaining
                                    Normal Retirement Age; (3) the termination
                                    of the Plan; and (4) the Participant's
                                    Termination of Employment after satisfying
                                    any Early Retirement Age conditions.

                                    If a Participant separates from service
                                    before satisfying the Early Retirement Age
                                    requirement, but has satisfied the service
                                    requirement, the Participant will be
                                    entitled to elect an early retirement
                                    benefit upon satisfaction of such age
                                    requirement.

                           2.       Written Request: When Distributed - A
                                    Participant entitled to distribution who
                                    wishes to receive a distribution must submit
                                    a written request to the Plan Administrator.
                                    Such request shall be made upon a form
                                    provided by the Plan Administrator. Upon a
                                    valid request, the Plan Administrator shall
                                    direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                                    applicable) to commence distribution no
                                    later than the time specified in the
                                    Adoption Agreement for this purpose and, if
                                    not specified in the Adoption Agreement,
                                    then no later than 90 days following the
                                    later of:

                                    a.       the close of the Plan Year within
                                             which the event occurs which
                                             entitles the Participant to
                                             distribution; or

                                    b.       the close of the Plan Year in which
                                             the request is received.

                           3.       Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service
                                    - If this is a profit sharing plan and the
                                    Adoption Agreement so provides, a
                                    Participant may elect to receive a
                                    distribution of all or part of the Vested
                                    portion of his or her Individual Account,
                                    subject to the requirements of Section 6.05
                                    and further subject to the following limits:

                                    a.       Participant for 5 or more years. An
                                             Employee who has been a Participant
                                             in the Plan for 5 or more years may
                                             withdraw up to the entire Vested
                                             portion of his or her Individual
                                             Account.

                                    b.       Participant for less than 5 years.
                                             An Employee who has been a
                                             Participant in the Plan for less
                                             than 5 years may withdraw only the
                                             amount which has been in his or her
                                             Individual Account attributable to
                                             Employer Contributions for at least
                                             2 full Plan Years, measured from
                                             the date such contributions were
                                             allocated. However, if the
                                             distribution is on account of
                                             hardship, the Participant may
                                             withdraw up to his or her entire
                                             Vested portion of the Participant's
                                             Individual Account. For this
                                             purpose, hardship shall have the
                                             meaning set forth in Section
                                             6.01(A)(4) of the Code.

                           4.       Special Rules for Hardship Withdrawals - If
                                    this is a profit sharing plan and the
                                    Adoption Agreement so provides, a
                                    Participant may elect to receive a hardship
                                    distribution of all or part of the Vested
                                    portion of his or her Individual Account,
                                    subject to the requirements of Section 6.05
                                    and further subject to the following limits:

                                    a.       Participant for 5 or more years. An
                                             Employee who has been a Participant
                                             in the Plan for 5 or more years may
                                             withdraw up to the entire Vested
                                             portion of his or her Individual
                                             Account.

                                    b.       Participant for less than 5 years.
                                             An Employee who has been a
                                             Participant in the Plan for less
                                             than 5 years may withdraw only the
                                             amount which has been in his or her
                                             Individual Account attributable to
                                             Employer Contributions for at least
                                             2 full Plan Years, measured from
                                             the date such contributions were
                                             allocated.

                                             For purposes of this Section
                                             6.01(A)(4) and Section 6.01(A)(3)
                                             hardship is defined as an immediate
                                             and heavy financial need of the
                                             Participant where such Participant
                                             lacks other available resources.
                                             The following are the only 
                                             financial needs considered
                                             immediate and heavy: expenses
                                             incurred or necessary for medical
                                             care, described in Section 213(d)
                                             of the Code, of the Employee, the
                                             Employee's spouse or dependents;
                                             the purchase (excluding mortgage
                                             payments) of a principal residence
                                             for the Employee; payment of 
                                             tuition and related educational
                                             fees for the next 12 months of
                                             post-secondary education for the
                                             Employee, the Employee's spouse,
                                             children or dependents; or the need
                                             to prevent the eviction of the
                                             Employee from, or a foreclosure on
                                             the mortgage of, the Employee's
                                             principal residence.

                                             A distribution will be considered
                                             as necessary to satisfy an
                                             immediate and heavy financial need
                                             of the Employee only if:

                                       25

<PAGE>   30

                                             1)       The employee has obtained
                                                      all distributions, other
                                                      than hardship
                                                      distributions, and all
                                                      nontaxable loans under all
                                                      plans maintained by the
                                                      Employer;

                                             2)       The distribution is not in
                                                      excess of the amount of an
                                                      immediate and heavy
                                                      financial need (including
                                                      amounts necessary to pay
                                                      any federal, state or
                                                      local income taxes or
                                                      penalties reasonably
                                                      anticipated to result from
                                                      the distribution).

                           5.       One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option - If
                                    this is a profit sharing plan and the
                                    Employer has elected the one-time in-service
                                    withdrawal option in the Adoption Agreement,
                                    then Participants will be permitted only one
                                    in-service withdrawal during the course of
                                    such Participants employment with the
                                    Employer. The amount which the Participant
                                    can withdraw will be limited to the lesser
                                    of the amount determined under the limits
                                    set forth in Section 6.01(A)(3) or the
                                    percentage of the Participant's Individual
                                    Account specified by the Employer in the
                                    Adoption Agreement. Distributions under this
                                    Section will be subject to the requirements
                                    of Section 6.05.

                           6.       Commencement of Benefits - Notwithstanding
                                    any other provision, unless the Participant
                                    elects otherwise, distribution of benefits
                                    will begin no later than the 60th day after
                                    the latest of the close of the Plan Year in
                                    which:

                                    a.       the Participant attains Normal
                                             Retirement Age;

                                    b.       occurs the 10th anniversary of the
                                             year in which the Participant
                                             commenced participation in the
                                             Plan; or

                                    c.       the Participant incurs a
                                             Termination of Employment.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a
                           Participant and spouse to consent to a distribution
                           while a benefit is immediately distributable, within
                           the meaning of Section 6.02(B) of the Plan, shall be
                           deemed to be an election to defer commencement of
                           payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this
                           Section.

                  B.       DETERMINING THE VESTED PORTION - In determining the
                           Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account,
                           the following rules apply:

                           1.       Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The
                                    Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                                    Account derived from Employer Contributions
                                    and Forfeitures is determined by applying
                                    the vesting schedule selected in the
                                    Adoption Agreement (or the vesting schedule
                                    described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is
                                    a Top-Heavy Plan).

                           2.       Rollover and Transfer Contributions - A
                                    Participant is fully Vested in his or her
                                    rollover contributions and transfer
                                    contributions.

                           3.       Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances - A
                                    Participant is fully Vested in his or her
                                    Individual Account if any of the following
                                    occurs:

                                    a.       the Participant reaches Normal
                                             Retirement Age;

                                    b.       the Plan is terminated or partially
                                             terminated; or

                                    c.       there exists a complete
                                             discontinuance of contributions
                                             under the Plan.

                                    Further, unless otherwise indicated in the
                                    Adoption Agreement, a Participant is fully
                                    Vested if the Participant dies, incurs a
                                    Disability, or satisfies the conditions for
                                    Early Retirement Age (if applicable).

                           4.       Participants in a Prior Plan - If a
                                    Participant was a participant in a Prior
                                    Plan on the Effective Date, his or her
                                    Vested percentage shall not be less than it
                                    would have been under such Prior Plan as
                                    computed on the Effective Date.

                  C.       MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The
                           following vesting provisions apply for any Plan Year
                           in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

                                       26

<PAGE>   31


                           Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section
                           6.01 or the vesting schedule selected in the Adoption
                           Agreement (unless those provisions or that schedule
                           provide for more rapid vesting), a Participant's
                           Vested portion of his or her Individual Account
                           attributable to Employer Contributions and
                           Forfeitures shall be determined in accordance with
                           the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the
                           Adoption Agreement (and if no election is made the 6
                           year graded schedule will be deemed to have been
                           elected) as described below:


                                                     

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                6 YEAR GRADED                                         3 YEAR CLIFF
     Years of                  Years of
   Vesting Service         Vested Percentage            Vesting Service        Vested Percentage
- ------------------         -----------------            ---------------        -----------------
<S>                        <C>                          <C>                    <C>
          1                        0                           1                        0
          2                       20                           2                        0
          3                       40                           3                      100
          4                       60
          5                       80
          6                      100
</TABLE>

                           This minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits
                           within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code,
                           except those attributable to Nondeductible Employee
                           Contributions including benefits accrued before the
                           effective date of Section 416 of the Code and
                           benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy
                           Plan. Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested
                           percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status
                           as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year.
                           However, this Section 6.01(C) does not apply to the
                           Individual Account of any Employee who does not have
                           an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially
                           become a Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's
                           Individual Account attributable to Employer
                           Contributions and Forfeitures will be determined
                           without regard to this Section.

                           If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then in
                           accordance with the above restrictions, the vesting
                           schedule as selected in the Adoption Agreement will
                           govern. If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts
                           in or out of top-heavy status, such shift is an
                           amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in
                           Section 9.04 applies.

                  D.       BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE AND FORFEITURES - If a
                           Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, any
                           portion of his or her Individual Account which is not
                           Vested shall be held in a suspense account. Such
                           suspense account shall share in any increase or
                           decrease in the fair market value of the assets of
                           the Fund in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
                           The disposition of such suspense account shall be as
                           follows:

                           1.       Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant
                                    neither receives nor is deemed to receive a
                                    distribution pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3)
                                    or (4) and the Participant returns to the
                                    service of the Employer before incurring 5
                                    consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, there
                                    shall be no Forfeiture and the amount in
                                    such suspense account shall be recredited to
                                    such Participant's Individual Account.

                           2.       Five Consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service -
                                    If a Participant neither receives nor is
                                    deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to
                                    Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) and the
                                    Participant does not return to the service
                                    of the Employer before incurring 5
                                    consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, the
                                    portion of the Participant's Individual
                                    Account which is not Vested shall be treated
                                    as a Forfeiture and allocated in accordance
                                    with Section 3.01(C).

                           3.       Cash-out of Certain Participants - If the
                                    value of the Vested portion of such
                                    Participant's Individual Account derived
                                    from Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                                    and Employer Contributions does not exceed
                                    $3,500, the Participant shall receive a
                                    distribution of the entire Vested portion of
                                    such Individual Account and the portion
                                    which is not Vested shall be treated as a
                                    Forfeiture and allocated in accordance with
                                    Section 3.01(C). For purposes of this
                                    Section, if the value of the Vested portion
                                    of a Participant's Individual Account is
                                    zero, the Participant shall be deemed to
                                    have received a distribution of such Vested
                                    Individual Account. A Participant's Vested
                                    Individual Account balance shall not include
                                    accumulated deductible employee
                                    contributions within the meaning of Section
                                    72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years
                                    beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

                           4.       Participants Who Elect to Receive
                                    Distributions - If such Participant elects
                                    to receive a distribution, in accordance
                                    with Section 6.02(B), of the value of the
                                    Vested portion of his or her Individual
                                    Account derived from Nondeductible Employee
                                    Contributions and Employer Contributions,
                                    the portion which is not Vested shall be
                                    treated as a Forfeiture and allocated in
                                    accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                                       27

<PAGE>   32

                           5.       Re-employed Participants - If a Participant
                                    receives or is deemed to receive a
                                    distribution pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3)
                                    or (4) above and the Participant resumes
                                    employment covered under this Plan, the
                                    Participant's Employer-derived Individual
                                    Account balance will be restored to the
                                    amount on the date of distribution if the
                                    Participant repays to the Plan the full
                                    amount of the distribution attributable to
                                    Employer Contributions before the earlier of
                                    5 years after the first date on which the
                                    Participant is subsequently re-employed by
                                    the Employer, or the date the Participant
                                    incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting
                                    Service following the date of the
                                    distribution.

                                    Any restoration of a Participant's
                                    Individual Account pursuant to Section
                                    6.01(D)(5) shall be made from other
                                    Forfeitures, income or gain to the Fund or
                                    contributions made by the Employer.

                  E.       DISTRIBUTION PRIOR TO FULL VESTING - If a
                           distribution is made to a Participant who was not
                           then fully Vested in his or her Individual Account
                           derived from Employer Contributions and the
                           Participant may increase his or her Vested percentage
                           in his or her Individual Account, then the following
                           rules shall apply:

                           1.       a separate account will be established for
                                    the Participant's interest in the Plan as of
                                    the time of the distribution, and

                           2.       at any relevant time the Participant's
                                    Vested portion of the separate account will
                                    be equal to an amount ("X") determined by
                                    the formula: X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)
                                    where "P" is the Vested percentage at the
                                    relevant time, "AB" is the separate account
                                    balance at the relevant time; "D" is the
                                    amount of the distribution; and "R" is the
                                    ratio of the separate account balance at the
                                    relevant time to the separate account
                                    balance after distribution.

         6.02     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT

                  A.       VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXCEED $3,500 -
                           If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant's
                           Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
                           Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions
                           does not exceed $3,500, distribution from the Plan
                           shall be made to the Participant in a single lump sum
                           in lieu of all other forms of distribution from the
                           Plan as soon as administratively feasible.

                  B.       VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT EXCEEDS $3,500

                           1.       If the value of the Vested portion of a
                                    Participant's Individual Account derived
                                    from Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                                    and Employer Contributions exceeds (or at
                                    the time of any prior distribution exceeded)
                                    $3,500, and the Individual Account is
                                    immediately distributable, the Participant
                                    and the Participant's spouse (or where
                                    either the Participant or the spouse died,
                                    the survivor) must consent to any
                                    distribution of such Individual Account. The
                                    consent of the Participant and the
                                    Participant's spouse shall be obtained in
                                    writing within the 90-day period ending on
                                    the annuity starting date. The annuity
                                    starting date is the first day of the first
                                    period for which an amount is paid as an
                                    annuity or any other form. The Plan
                                    Administrator shall notify the Participant
                                    and the Participant's spouse of the right to
                                    defer any distribution until the
                                    Participant's Individual Account is no
                                    longer immediately distributable. Such
                                    notification shall include a general
                                    description of the material features, and an
                                    explanation of the relative values of, the
                                    optional forms of benefit available under
                                    the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the
                                    notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of
                                    the Code, and shall be provided no less than
                                    30 days and no more than 90 days prior to
                                    the annuity starting date.

                                    If a distribution is one to which Sections
                                    401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue
                                    Code do not apply, such distribution may
                                    commence less than 30 days after the notice
                                    required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the
                                    Income Tax Regulations is given, provided
                                    that:

                                    a.       the Plan Administrator clearly
                                             informs the Participant that the
                                             Participant has a right to a period
                                             of at least 30 days after receiving
                                             the notice to consider the decision
                                             of whether or not to elect a
                                             distribution (and, if applicable, a
                                             particular distribution option),
                                             and

                                    b.       the Participant, after receiving
                                             the notice, affirmatively elects a
                                             distribution.


                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the
                                    Participant need consent to the commencement
                                    of a distribution in the form of a qualified
                                    joint and survivor annuity while the
                                    Individual Account is immediately
                                    distributable.


                                       28

<PAGE>   33

                                    Neither the consent of the Participant nor
                                    the Participant's spouse shall be required
                                    to the extent that a distribution is
                                    required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or
                                    Section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon
                                    termination of this Plan if the Plan does
                                    not offer an annuity option (purchased from
                                    a commercial provider), the Participant's
                                    Individual Account may, without the
                                    Participant's consent, be distributed to the
                                    Participant or transferred to another
                                    defined contribution plan (other than an
                                    employee stock ownership plan as defined in
                                    Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the
                                    same controlled group.

                                    An Individual Account is immediately
                                    distributable if any part of the Individual
                                    Account could be distributed to the
                                    Participant (or surviving spouse) before the
                                    Participant attains or would have attained
                                    (if not deceased) the later of Normal
                                    Retirement Age or age 62.

                           2.       For purposes of determining the
                                    applicability of the foregoing consent
                                    requirements to distributions made before
                                    the first day of the first Plan Year
                                    beginning after December 31, 1988, the
                                    Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                                    Account shall not include amounts
                                    attributable to accumulated deductible
                                    employee contributions within the meaning of
                                    Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

                  C.       OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT - If the
                           value of the Vested portion of a Participant's
                           Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and the Participant
                           has properly waived the joint and survivor annuity,
                           as described in Section 6.05, the Participant may
                           request in writing that the Vested portion of his or
                           her Individual Account be paid to him or her in one
                           or more of the following forms of payment: (1) in a
                           lump sum; (2) in installment payments over a period
                           not to exceed the life expectancy of the Participant
                           or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the
                           Participant and his or her designated Beneficiary; or
                           (3) applied to the purchase of an annuity contract.

                           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.02 to the
                           contrary, a Participant cannot elect payments in the
                           form of an annuity if the Retirement Equity Act safe
                           harbor rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.

         6.03     DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

                  A.       DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY - SPOUSAL CONSENT - Each
                           Participant may designate, upon a form provided by
                           and delivered to the Plan Administrator, one or more
                           primary and contingent Beneficiaries to receive all
                           or a specified portion of the Participant's
                           Individual Account in the event of his or her death.
                           A Participant may change or revoke such Beneficiary
                           designation from time to time by completing and
                           delivering the proper form to the Plan Administrator.

                           In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a
                           primary Beneficiary who is not his or her spouse, his
                           or her spouse must consent in writing to such
                           designation, and the spouse's consent must
                           acknowledge the effect of such designation and be
                           witnessed by a notary public or plan representative.
                           Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the
                           Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
                           Plan Administrator that such written consent may not
                           be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse
                           cannot be located, no consent shall be required. Any
                           change of Beneficiary will require a new spousal
                           consent.

                  B.       PAYMENT TO BENEFICIARY - If a Participant dies before
                           the Participant's entire Individual Account has been
                           paid to him or her, such deceased Participant's
                           Individual Account shall be payable to any surviving
                           Beneficiary designated by the Participant, or, if no
                           Beneficiary survives the Participant, to the
                           Participant's estate.

                  C.       WRITTEN REQUEST: WHEN DISTRIBUTED - A Beneficiary of
                           a deceased Participant entitled to a distribution who
                           wishes to receive a distribution must submit a
                           written request to the Plan Administrator. Such
                           request shall be made upon a form provided by the
                           Plan Administrator. Upon a valid request, the Plan
                           Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian)
                           to commence distribution no later than the time
                           specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose
                           and if not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then
                           no later than 90 days following the later of:

                           1.       the close of the Plan Year within which the
                                    Participant dies; or

                           2.       the close of the Plan Year in which the
                                    request is received.

         6.04     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY

                  A.       VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXCEED $3,500 -
                           If the value of the Participant's Individual Account
                           derived from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
                           Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the


                                       29

<PAGE>   34


                           Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or
                           Custodian, if applicable) to make a distribution to
                           the Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all
                           other forms of distribution from the Plan.

                  B.       VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT EXCEEDS $3,500 - If the
                           value of a Participant's Individual Account derived
                           from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
                           Employer Contributions exceeds $3,500 the
                           preretirement survivor annuity requirements of
                           Section 6.05 shall apply unless waived in accordance
                           with that Section or unless the Retirement Equity Act
                           safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F) apply. However,
                           a surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect any form of
                           payment allowable under the Plan in lieu of the
                           preretirement survivor annuity. Any such payment to
                           the surviving spouse must meet the requirements of
                           Section 6.06.

                  C.       OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY - If the
                           value of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds
                           $3,500 and the Participant has properly waived the
                           preretirement survivor annuity, as described in
                           Section 6.05 (if applicable) or if the Beneficiary is
                           the Participant's surviving spouse, the Beneficiary
                           may, subject to the requirements of Section 6.06,
                           request in writing that the Participant's Individual
                           Account be paid as follows: (1) in a lump sum; or (2)
                           in installment payments over a period not to exceed
                           the life expectancy of such Beneficiary.

         6.05     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

                  A.       The provisions of this Section shall apply to any
                           Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
                           Eligibility Service with the Employer on or after
                           August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as
                           provided in Section 6.05(G).

                  B.       QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an
                           optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a
                           qualified election within the 90-day period ending on
                           the annuity starting date, a married Participant's
                           Vested account balance will be paid in the form of a
                           qualified joint and survivor annuity and an unmarried
                           Participant's Vested account balance will be paid in
                           the form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect
                           to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of
                           the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

                  C.       QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an
                           optional form of benefit has been selected within the
                           election period pursuant to a qualified election, if
                           a Participant dies before the annuity starting date
                           then the Participant's Vested account balance shall
                           be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the
                           life of the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse
                           may elect to have such annuity distributed within a
                           reasonable period after the Participant's death.

                  D.       DEFINITIONS

                           1.       Election Period - The period which begins on
                                    the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                                    Participant attains age 35 and ends on the
                                    date of the Participant's death. If a
                                    Participant separates from service prior to
                                    the first day of the Plan Year in which age
                                    35 is attained, with respect to the account
                                    balance as of the date of separation, the
                                    election period shall begin on the date of
                                    separation.

                                    Pre-age 35 waiver - A Participant who will
                                    not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any
                                    current Plan Year may make special qualified
                                    election to waive the qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity for the
                                    period beginning on the date of such
                                    election and ending on the first day of the
                                    Plan Year in which the Participant will
                                    attain age 35. Such election shall not be
                                    valid unless the Participant receives a
                                    written explanation of the qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity in such terms
                                    as are comparable to the explanation
                                    required under Section 6.05(E)(1). Qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity coverage will
                                    be automatically reinstated as of the first
                                    day of the Plan Year in which the
                                    Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver
                                    on or after such date shall be subject to
                                    the full requirements of this Section 6.05.

                           2.       Earliest Retirement Age - The earliest date
                                    on which, under the Plan, the Participant
                                    could elect to receive retirement benefits.

                           3.       Qualified Election - A waiver of a qualified
                                    joint and survivor annuity or a qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver
                                    of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or
                                    a qualified preretirement survivor annuity
                                    shall not be effective unless: (a) the
                                    Participant's spouse consents in writing to
                                    the election, (b) the election designates a
                                    specific Beneficiary, including any class of
                                    beneficiaries or any contingent
                                    beneficiaries, which may not be changed
                                    without spousal consent (or the spouse
                                    expressly permits designations by the
                                    Participant without any further spousal
                                    consent); (c) the spouse's consent
                                    acknowledges the effect of the election; and
                                    (d) the spouse's consent is witnessed by a
                                    plan representative or notary public.
                                    Additionally, a Participant's



                                       30
<PAGE>   35

                                    waiver of the qualified joint and survivor
                                    annuity shall not be effective unless the
                                    election designates a form of benefit
                                    payment which may not be changed without
                                    spousal consent (or the spouse expressly
                                    permits designations by the Participant
                                    without any further spousal consent). If it
                                    is established to the satisfaction of a plan
                                    representative that there is no spouse or
                                    that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver
                                    will be deemed a qualified election.

                                    Any consent by a spouse obtained under this
                                    provision (or establishment that the consent
                                    of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be
                                    effective only with respect to such spouse.
                                    A consent that permits designations by the
                                    Participant without any requirement of
                                    further consent by such spouse must
                                    acknowledge that the spouse has the right to
                                    limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and
                                    a specific form of benefit where applicable,
                                    and that the spouse voluntarily elects to
                                    relinquish either or both of such rights. A
                                    revocation of a prior waiver may be made by
                                    a Participant without the consent of the
                                    spouse at any time before the commencement
                                    of benefits. The number of revocations shall
                                    not be limited. No consent obtained under
                                    this provision shall be valid unless the
                                    Participant has received notice as provided
                                    in Section 6.05(E) below.

                           4.       Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity - An
                                    immediate annuity for the life of the
                                    Participant with a survivor annuity for the
                                    life of the spouse which is not less than
                                    50% and not more than 100% of the amount of
                                    the annuity which is payable during the
                                    joint lives of the Participant and the
                                    spouse and which is the amount of benefit
                                    which can be purchased with the
                                    Participant's vested account balance. The
                                    percentage of the survivor annuity under the
                                    Plan shall be 50% (unless a different
                                    percentage is elected by the Employer in the
                                    Adoption Agreement).

                           5.       Spouse (surviving spouse) - The spouse or
                                    surviving spouse of the Participant,
                                    provided that a former spouse will be
                                    treated as the spouse or surviving spouse
                                    and a current spouse will not be treated as
                                    the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent
                                    provided under a qualified domestic
                                    relations order as described in Section
                                    414(p) of the Code.

                           6.       Annuity Starting Date - The first day of the
                                    first period for which an amount is paid as
                                    an annuity or any other form.

                           7.       Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value
                                    of the Participant's Vested account balances
                                    derived from Employer and Nondeductible
                                    Employee Contributions (including
                                    rollovers), whether Vested before or upon
                                    death, including the proceeds of insurance
                                    contracts, if any, on the Participant's
                                    life. The provisions of this Section 6.05
                                    shall apply to a Participant who is Vested
                                    in amounts attributable to Employer
                                    Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
                                    Contributions (or both) at the time of death
                                    or distribution.

                  E.       NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

                           1.       In the case of a qualified joint and
                                    survivor annuity, the Plan Administrator
                                    shall no less than 30 days and not more than
                                    90 days prior to the annuity starting date
                                    provide each Participant a written
                                    explanation of: (a) the terms and conditions
                                    of a qualified joint and survivor annuity;
                                    (b) the Participant's right to make and the
                                    effect of an election to waive the qualified
                                    joint and survivor annuity form of benefit;
                                    (c) the rights of a Participant's spouse;
                                    and (d) the right to make, and the effect
                                    of, a revocation of a previous election to
                                    waive the qualified joint and survivor
                                    annuity.

                           2.       In the case of a qualified preretirement
                                    annuity as described in Section 6.05(C), the
                                    Plan Administrator shall provide each
                                    Participant within the applicable period for
                                    such Participant a written explanation of
                                    the qualified preretirement survivor annuity
                                    in such terms and in such manner as would be
                                    comparable to the explanation provided for
                                    meeting the requirements of Section
                                    6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified joint
                                    and survivor annuity.

                                    The applicable period for a Participant is
                                    whichever of the following periods ends
                                    last: (a) the period beginning with the
                                    first day of the Plan Year in which the
                                    Participant attains age 32 and ending with
                                    the close of the Plan Year preceding the
                                    Plan Year in which the Participant attains
                                    age 35; (b) a reasonable period ending after
                                    the individual becomes a Participant; (c) a
                                    reasonable period ending after Section
                                    6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply to the
                                    Participant; and (d) a reasonable period
                                    ending after this Section 6.05 first applies
                                    to the Participant. Notwithstanding the
                                    foregoing, notice must be provided within a
                                    reasonable period ending after separation
                                    from service in the case of a Participant
                                    who separates from service before attaining
                                    age 35.

                                       31

<PAGE>   36


                                    For purposes of applying the preceding
                                    paragraph, a reasonable period ending after
                                    the enumerated events described in (b), (c)
                                    and (d) is the end of the two-year period
                                    beginning one year prior to the date the
                                    applicable event occurs, and ending one year
                                    after that date. In the case of a
                                    Participant who separates from service
                                    before the Plan Year in which age 35 is
                                    attained, notice shall be provided within
                                    the two-year period beginning one year prior
                                    to separation and ending one year after
                                    separation. If such a Participant thereafter
                                    returns to employment with the Employer, the
                                    applicable period for such Participant shall
                                    be redetermined.

                           3.       Notwithstanding the other requirements of
                                    this Section 6.05(E), the respective notices
                                    prescribed by this Section 6.05(E), need not
                                    be given to a Participant if (a) the Plan
                                    "fully subsidizes" the costs of a qualified
                                    joint and survivor annuity or qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity, and (b) the
                                    Plan does not allow the Participant to waive
                                    the qualified joint and survivor annuity or
                                    qualified preretirement survivor annuity and
                                    does not allow a married Participant to
                                    designate a nonspouse beneficiary. For
                                    purposes of this Section 6.05(E)(3), a plan
                                    fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if
                                    no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits
                                    to the Participant may result from the
                                    Participant's failure to elect another
                                    benefit.

                  F.       RETIREMENT EQUITY ACT SAFE HARBOR RULES

                           1.       If the Employer so indicates in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, this Section 6.05(F) shall apply
                                    to a Participant in a profit sharing plan,
                                    and shall always apply to any distribution,
                                    made on or after the first day of the first
                                    Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988,
                                    from or under a separate account
                                    attributable solely to accumulated
                                    deductible employee contributions, as
                                    defined in Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code,
                                    and maintained on behalf of a Participant in
                                    a money purchase pension plan, (including a
                                    target benefit plan) if the following
                                    conditions are satisfied:

                                    a.       the Participant does not or cannot
                                             elect payments in the form of a
                                             life annuity; and

                                    b.       on the death of a Participant, the
                                             Participant's Vested account
                                             balance will be paid to the
                                             Participant's surviving spouse, but
                                             if there is no surviving spouse, or
                                             if the surviving spouse has
                                             consented in a manner conforming to
                                             a qualified election, then to the
                                             Participant's designated
                                             Beneficiary. The surviving spouse
                                             may elect to have distribution of
                                             the Vested account balance commence
                                             within the 90-day period following
                                             the date of the Participant's
                                             death. The account balance shall be
                                             adjusted for gains or losses
                                             occurring after the Participant's
                                             death in accordance with the
                                             provisions of the Plan governing
                                             the adjustment of account balances
                                             for other types of distributions.
                                             This Section 6.05(F) shall not be
                                             operative with respect to a
                                             Participant in a profit sharing
                                             plan if the plan is a direct or
                                             indirect transferee of a defined
                                             benefit plan, money purchase plan,
                                             a target benefit plan, stock bonus,
                                             or profit sharing plan which is
                                             subject to the survivor annuity
                                             requirements of Section 401(a)(11)
                                             and Section 417 of the code. If
                                             this Section 6.05(F) is operative,
                                             then the provisions of this Section
                                             6.05 other than Section 6.05(G)
                                             shall be inoperative.

                           2.       The Participant may waive the spousal death
                                    benefit described in this Section 6.05(F) at
                                    any time provided that no such waiver shall
                                    be effective unless it satisfies the
                                    conditions of Section 6.05(D)(3) (other than
                                    the notification requirement referred to
                                    therein) that would apply to the
                                    Participant's waiver of the qualified
                                    preretirement survivor annuity.

                           3.       For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested
                                    account balance shall mean, in the case of a
                                    money purchase pension plan or a target
                                    benefit plan, the Participant's separate
                                    account balance attributable solely to
                                    accumulated deductible employee
                                    contributions within the meaning of Section
                                    72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a
                                    profit sharing plan, Vested account balance
                                    shall have the same meaning as provided in
                                    Section 6.05(D)(7).

                  G.       TRANSITIONAL RULES

                           1.       Any living Participant not receiving
                                    benefits on August 23, 1984, who would
                                    otherwise not receive the benefits
                                    prescribed by the previous subsections of
                                    this Section 6.05 must be given the
                                    opportunity to elect to have the prior
                                    subsections of this Section apply if such
                                    Participant is credited with at least one
                                    Hour of Service under this Plan or a
                                    predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on
                                    or after January 1, 1976, and such
                                    Participant had at least 10 Years of Vesting
                                    Service when he or she separated from
                                    service.

                                       32

<PAGE>   37

                           2.       Any living Participant not receiving
                                    benefits on August 23, 1984, who was
                                    credited with at least one Hour of Service
                                    under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or
                                    after September 2, 1974, and who is not
                                    otherwise credited with any service in a
                                    Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
                                    1976, must be given the opportunity to have
                                    his or her benefits paid in accordance with
                                    Section 6.05(G)(4).

                           3.       The respective opportunities to elect (as
                                    described in Section 6.05(G)(1) and (2)
                                    above) must be afforded to the appropriate
                                    Participants during the period commencing on
                                    August 23, 1984, and ending on the date
                                    benefits would otherwise commence to said
                                    Participants.

                           4.       Any Participant who has elected pursuant to
                                    Section 6.05(G)(2) and any Participant who
                                    does not elect under Section 6.05(G)(1) or
                                    who meets the requirements of Section
                                    6.05(G)(1) except that such Participant does
                                    not have at least 10 Years of Vesting
                                    Service when he or she separates from
                                    service, shall have his or her benefits
                                    distributed in accordance with all of the
                                    following requirements if benefits would
                                    have been payable in the form of a life
                                    annuity:

                                    a.       Automatic Joint and Survivor
                                             Annuity - If benefits in the form
                                             of a life annuity become payable to
                                             a married Participant who:

                                             (1)      begins to receive payments
                                                      under the Plan on or after
                                                      Normal Retirement Age; or

                                             (2)      dies on or after Normal
                                                      Retirement Age while still
                                                      working for the Employer;
                                                      or

                                             (3)      begins to receive payments
                                                      on or after the qualified
                                                      early retirement age; or

                                             (4)      separates from service on
                                                      or after attaining Normal
                                                      Retirement Age (or the
                                                      qualified early retirement
                                                      age) and after satisfying
                                                      the eligibility require-
                                                      ments for the payment of 
                                                      benefits under the Plan
                                                      and thereafter dies before
                                                      beginning to receive such
                                                      benefits; then such 
                                                      benefits will be received
                                                      under this Plan in the
                                                      form of a qualified joint
                                                      and survivor annuity, 
                                                      unless the Participant has
                                                      elected otherwise during
                                                      the election period. The
                                                      election period must begin
                                                      at least 6 months before
                                                      the Participant attains
                                                      qualified early retirement
                                                      age and ends not more than
                                                      90 days before the
                                                      commencement of benefits.
                                                      Any election hereunder
                                                      will be in writing and may
                                                      be changed by the
                                                      Participant at any time.

                                    b.       Election of Early Survivor Annuity
                                             - A Participant who is employed
                                             after attaining the qualified early
                                             retirement age will be given the
                                             opportunity to elect, during the
                                             election period, to have a survivor
                                             annuity payable on death. If the
                                             Participant elects the survivor
                                             annuity, payments under such
                                             annuity must not be less than the
                                             payments which would have been made
                                             to the spouse under the qualified
                                             joint and survivor annuity if the
                                             Participant had retired on the day
                                             before his or her death. Any
                                             election under this provision will
                                             be in writing and may be changed by
                                             the Participant at any time. The
                                             election period begins on the later
                                             of (1) the 90th day before the
                                             Participant attains the qualified
                                             early retirement age, or (2) the
                                             date on which participation begins,
                                             and ends on the date the
                                             Participant terminates employment.

                                    c.       For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                                             1. Qualified early retirement age
                                                is the latest of:

                                                a.   the earliest date, under
                                                     the Plan, on which the
                                                     Participant may elect to
                                                     receive retirement
                                                     benefits,

                                                b.   the first day of the 120th
                                                     month beginning before the
                                                     Participant reaches Normal
                                                     Retirement Age, or

                                                c.   the date the Participant
                                                     begins participation.

                  2.       Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity
                           for the life of the Participant with a survivor
                           annuity for the life of the spouse as described in
                           Section 6.05(D)(4) of this Plan.

         6.06     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

                  A.       GENERAL RULES

                                       33

<PAGE>   38

                           1.       Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor
                                    Annuity Requirements, the requirements of
                                    this Section shall apply to any distribution
                                    of a Participant's interest and will take
                                    precedence over any inconsistent provisions
                                    of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified,
                                    the provisions of this Section 6.06 apply to
                                    calendar years beginning after December 31,
                                    1984.

                           2.       All distributions required under this
                                    Section 6.06 shall be determined and made in
                                    accordance with the Income Tax Regulations
                                    under Section 401(a)(9), including the
                                    minimum distribution incidental benefit
                                    requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                                    proposed regulations.

                  B.       REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE - The entire interest of a
                           Participant must be distributed or begin to be
                           distributed no later than the Participant's required
                           beginning date.

                  C.       LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION PERIODS - As of the first
                           distribution calendar year, distributions, if not
                           made in a single sum, may only be made over one of
                           the following periods (or a combination thereof):

                           1.       the life of the Participant,

                           2.       the life of the Participant and a designated
                                    Beneficiary,

                           3.       a period certain not extending beyond the
                                    life expectancy of the Participant, or

                           4.       a period certain not extending beyond the
                                    joint and last survivor expectancy of the
                                    Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

                  D.       DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED EACH YEAR -
                           If the Participant's interest is to be distributed in
                           other than a single sum, the following minimum
                           distribution rules shall apply on or after the
                           required beginning date:

                           1.       Individual Account

                                    a.       If a Participant's benefit is to be
                                             distributed over (1) a period not
                                             extending beyond the life
                                             expectancy of the Participant or
                                             the joint life and last survivor
                                             expectancy of the Participant and
                                             the Participant's designated
                                             Beneficiary or (2) a period not
                                             extending beyond the life
                                             expectancy of the designated
                                             Beneficiary, the amount required to
                                             be distributed for each calendar
                                             year, beginning with distributions
                                             for the first distribution calendar
                                             year, must at least equal the
                                             quotient obtained by dividing the
                                             Participant's benefit by the
                                             applicable life expectancy.

                                    b.       For calendar years beginning before
                                             January 1, 1989, if the
                                             Participant's spouse is not the
                                             designated Beneficiary, the method
                                             of distribution selected must
                                             assure that at least 50% of the
                                             present value of the amount
                                             available for distribution is paid
                                             within the life expectancy of the
                                             Participant.

                                    c.       For calendar years beginning after
                                             December 31, 1988, the amount to be
                                             distributed each year, beginning
                                             with distributions for the first
                                             distribution calendar year shall
                                             not be less than the quotient
                                             obtained by dividing the
                                             Participant's benefit by the lesser
                                             of (1) the applicable life
                                             expectancy or (2) if the
                                             Participant's spouse is not the
                                             designated Beneficiary, the
                                             applicable divisor determined from
                                             the table set forth in Q&A-4 of
                                             Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                                             Proposed Income Tax Regulations.
                                             Distributions after the death of
                                             the Participant shall be
                                             distributed using the applicable
                                             life expectancy in Section
                                             6.05(D)(1)(a) above as the relevant
                                             divisor without regard to proposed
                                             regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                           d.       The minimum distribution required for the
                                    Participant's first distribution calendar
                                    year must be made on or before the
                                    Participant's required beginning date. The
                                    minimum distribution for other calendar
                                    years, including the minimum distribution
                                    for the distribution calendar year in which
                                    the Employee's required beginning date
                                    occurs, must be made on or before December
                                    31 of that distribution calendar year.

                  2.       Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is
                           distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from
                           an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall
                           be made in accordance with the requirements of
                           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                           thereunder.

         E.       DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS


                                       34

<PAGE>   39



                  1.       Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the
                           Participant dies after distribution of his or her
                           interest has begun, the remaining portion of such
                           interest will continue to be distributed at least as
                           rapidly as under the method of distribution being
                           used prior to the Participant's death.

                  2.       Distribution Beginning After Death - If the
                           Participant dies before distribution of his or her
                           interest begins, distribution of the Participant's
                           entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of
                           the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
                           the Participant's death except to the extent that an
                           election is made to receive distributions in
                           accordance with (a) or (b) below:

                           a.       if any portion of the Participant's interest
                                    is payable to a designated Beneficiary,
                                    distributions may be made over the life or
                                    over a period certain not greater than the
                                    life expectancy of the designated
                                    Beneficiary commencing on or before December
                                    31 of the calendar year immediately
                                    following the calendar year in which the
                                    Participant died;

                           b.       if the designated Beneficiary is the
                                    Participant's surviving spouse, the date
                                    distributions are required to begin in
                                    accordance with (a) above shall not be
                                    earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of
                                    the calendar year immediately following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant dies
                                    or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in
                                    which the Participant would have attained
                                    age 70 1/2.

                                    If the Participant has not made an election
                                    pursuant to this Section 6.05(E)(2) by the
                                    time of his or her death, the Participant's
                                    designated Beneficiary must elect the method
                                    of distribution no later than the earlier of
                                    (1) December 31 of the calendar year in
                                    which distributions would be required to
                                    begin under this Section 6.05(E)(2), or (2)
                                    December 31 of the calendar year which
                                    contains the fifth anniversary of the date
                                    of death of the Participant. If the
                                    Participant has no designated Beneficiary,
                                    or if the designated Beneficiary does not
                                    elect a method of distribution, distribution
                                    of the Participant's entire interest must be
                                    completed by December 31 of the calendar
                                    year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                                    Participant's death.

                           3.       For purposes of Section 6.06(E)(2) above, if
                                    the surviving spouse dies after the
                                    Participant, but before payments to such
                                    spouse begin, the provisions of Section
                                    6.06(E)(2), with the exception of paragraph
                                    (b) therein, shall be applied as if the
                                    surviving spouse were the Participant.

                           4.       For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), any
                                    amount paid to a child of the Participant
                                    will be treated as if it had been paid to
                                    the surviving spouse if the amount becomes
                                    payable to the surviving spouse when the
                                    child reaches the age of majority.

                           5.       For purposes of this Section 6.06(E),
                                    distribution of a Participant's interest is
                                    considered to begin on the Participant's
                                    required beginning date (or, if Section
                                    6.06(E)(3) above is applicable, the date
                                    distribution is required to begin to the
                                    surviving spouse pursuant to Section
                                    6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the
                                    form of an annuity irrevocably commences to
                                    the Participant before the required
                                    beginning date, the date distribution is
                                    considered to begin is the date distribution
                                    actually commences.

                  F.       DEFINITIONS

                           1.       Applicable Life Expectancy - The life
                                    expectancy (or joint and last survivor
                                    expectancy) calculated using the attained
                                    age of the Participant (or designated
                                    Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or
                                    designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the
                                    applicable calendar year reduced by one for
                                    each calendar year which has elapsed since
                                    the date life expectancy was first
                                    calculated. If life expectancy is being
                                    recalculated, the applicable life expectancy
                                    shall be the life expectancy as so
                                    recalculated. The applicable calendar year
                                    shall be the first distribution calendar
                                    year, and if life expectancy is being
                                    recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

                           2.       Designated Beneficiary - The individual who
                                    is designated as the Beneficiary under the
                                    Plan in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of
                                    the Code and the regulations thereunder.

                           3.       Distribution Calendar Year - A calendar year
                                    for which a minimum distribution is
                                    required. For distributions beginning before
                                    the Participant's death, the first
                                    distribution calendar year is the calendar
                                    year immediately preceding the calendar year
                                    which contains the Participant's required
                                    beginning date. For distributions beginning
                                    after the Participant's death, the first
                                    distribution calendar year is the calendar
                                    year in which distributions are required to
                                    begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

                                       35

<PAGE>   40
                           4.       Life Expectancy - Life expectancy and joint
                                    and last survivor expectancy are computed by
                                    use of the expected return multiples in
                                    Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the
                                    Income Tax Regulations.

                                    Unless otherwise elected by the Participant
                                    (or spouse, in the case of distributions
                                    described in Section 6.05(E)(2)(b) above) by
                                    the time distributions are required to
                                    begin, life expectancies shall be
                                    recalculated annually. Such election shall
                                    be irrevocable as to the Participant (or
                                    spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent
                                    years. The life expectancy of a nonspouse
                                    Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

                           5.       Participant's Benefit

                                    a.       The account balance as of the last
                                             valuation date in the valuation
                                             calendar year (the calendar year
                                             immediately preceding the
                                             distribution calendar year)
                                             increased by the amount of any
                                             Contributions or Forfeitures
                                             allocated to the account balance as
                                             of dates in the valuation calendar
                                             year after the valuation date and
                                             decreased by distributions made in
                                             the valuation calendar year after
                                             the valuation date.

                                    b.       Exception for second distribution
                                             calendar year. For purposes of
                                             paragraph (a) above, if any portion
                                             of the minimum distribution for the
                                             first distribution calendar year is
                                             made in the second distribution
                                             calendar year on or before the
                                             required beginning date, the amount
                                             of the minimum distribution made in
                                             the second distribution calendar
                                             year shall be treated as if it had
                                             been made in the immediately
                                             preceding distribution calendar 
                                             year.

                           6.       Required Beginning Date

                                    a.       General Rule - The required
                                             beginning date of a Participant is
                                             the first day of April of the
                                             calendar year following the
                                             calendar year in which the
                                             Participant attains age 70 1/2.

                                    b.       Transitional Rules - The required
                                             beginning date of a Participant who
                                             attains age 70 1/2 before January
                                             1, 1988, shall be determined in
                                             accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                                             (1)      Non 5% Owners - The 
                                                      required beginning date of
                                                      a Participant who is not a
                                                      5% owner is the first day
                                                      of April of the calendar
                                                      year following the
                                                      calendar year in which the
                                                      later of retirement or
                                                      attainment of age 70 1/2
                                                      occurs.

                                             (2)      5% Owners - The required 
                                                      beginning date of a
                                                      Participant who is a 5%
                                                      owner during any year
                                                      beginning after December
                                                      31, 1979, is the first day
                                                      of April following the
                                                      later of:

                                                      (a)      the calendar year
                                                               in which the
                                                               Participant 
                                                               attains age 
                                                               70 1/2, or

                                                      (b)      the earlier of 
                                                               the calendar year
                                                               with or within 
                                                               which ends the 
                                                               Plan Year in 
                                                               which the 
                                                               Participant
                                                               becomes a 5% 
                                                               owner, or the
                                                               calendar year in
                                                               which the 
                                                               Participant
                                                               retires.

                                                      The required beginning
                                                      date of a Participant who
                                                      is not a 5% owner who
                                                      attains age 70 1/2 during
                                                      1988 and who has not
                                                      retired as of January 1,
                                                      1989, is April 1, 1990.

                                    c.       5% Owner - A Participant is treated
                                             as a 5% owner for purposes of this
                                             Section 6.06(F)(6) if such
                                             Participant is a 5% owner as
                                             defined in Section 416(i) of the
                                             Code (determined in accordance with
                                             Section 416 but without regard to
                                             whether the Plan is top-heavy) at
                                             any time during the Plan Year
                                             ending with or within the calendar
                                             year in which such owner attains
                                             age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan
                                             Year.

                                    d.       Once distributions have begun to a
                                             5% owner under this Section
                                             6.06(F)(6) they must continue to be
                                             distributed, even if the
                                             Participant ceases to be a 5% owner
                                             in a subsequent year.

                  G.                TRANSITIONAL RULE

                           1.       Notwithstanding the other requirements of
                                    this Section 6.06 and subject to the
                                    requirements of Section 6.05, Joint and
                                    Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution
                                    on behalf of any Employee, including a 5%
                                    owner, may be made in accordance with all of
                                    the following requirements (regardless of
                                    when such distribution commences):

                                       36

<PAGE>   41


                                    a.       The distribution by the Fund is one
                                             which would not have qualified such
                                             Fund under Section 401(a)(9) of the
                                             Code as in effect prior to
                                             amendment by the Deficit Reduction
                                             Act of 1984.

                                    b.       The distribution is in accordance
                                             with a method of distribution
                                             designated by the Employee whose
                                             interest in the Fund is being
                                             distributed or, if the Employee is
                                             deceased, by a Beneficiary of such
                                             Employee.

                                    c.       Such designation was in writing,
                                             was signed by the Employee or the
                                             Beneficiary, and was made before
                                             January 1, 1984.

                                    d.       The Employee had accrued a benefit
                                             under the Plan as of December 31,
                                             1983.

                                    e.       The method of distribution
                                             designated by the Employee or the
                                             Beneficiary specifies the time at
                                             which distribution will commence,
                                             the period over which distributions
                                             will be made, and in the case of
                                             any distribution upon the
                                             Employee's death, the Beneficiaries
                                             of the Employee listed in order of
                                             priority.

                           2.       A distribution upon death will not be
                                    covered by this transitional rule unless the
                                    information in the designation contains the
                                    required information described above with
                                    respect to the distributions to be made upon
                                    the death of the Employee.

                           3.       For any distribution which commences before
                                    January 1, 1984, but continues after
                                    December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
                                    Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is
                                    being made, will be presumed to have
                                    designated the method of distribution under
                                    which the distribution is being made if the
                                    method of distribution was specified in
                                    writing and the distribution satisfies the
                                    requirements in Sections 6.06(G)(1)(a) and
                                    (e).

                           4.       If a designation is revoked, any subsequent
                                    distribution must satisfy the requirements
                                    of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                                    regulations thereunder. If a designation is
                                    revoked subsequent to the date distributions
                                    are required to begin, the Plan must
                                    distribute by the end of the calendar year
                                    following the calendar year in which the
                                    revocation occurs the total amount not yet
                                    distributed which would have been required
                                    to have been distributed to satisfy Section
                                    401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                                    thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2)
                                    election. For calendar years beginning after
                                    December 31, 1988, such distributions must
                                    meet the minimum distribution incidental
                                    benefit requirements in Section
                                    1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Income Tax
                                    Regulations. Any changes in the designation
                                    will be considered to be a revocation of the
                                    designation. However, the mere substitution
                                    or addition of another Beneficiary (one not
                                    named in the designation) under the
                                    designation will not be considered to be a
                                    revocation of the designation, so long as
                                    such substitution or addition does not alter
                                    the period over which distributions are to
                                    be made under the designation, directly or
                                    indirectly (for example, by altering the
                                    relevant measuring life). In the case in
                                    which an amount is transferred or rolled
                                    over from one plan to another plan, the
                                    rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

         6.07     ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                  Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted
                  or required by this Section 6) must be nontransferable. The
                  terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the
                  Plan to a Participant or spouse shall comply with the
                  requirements of the Plan.

         6.08     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
                  If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may
                  receive a loan from the Fund, subject to the following rules:

                  A.       Loans shall be made available to all Participants on
                           a reasonably equivalent basis.

                  B.       Loans shall not be made available to Highly
                           Compensated Employees (as defined in Section 414(q)
                           of the Code) in an amount greater than the amount
                           made available to other Employees.

                  C.       Loans must be adequately secured and bear a
                           reasonable interest rate.

                  D.       No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of
                           the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                           Account.

                  E.       A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her
                           spouse, if any, to the use of the Individual Account
                           as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be
                           obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90 day
                           period that ends on the date on which the loan is to
                           be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must
                           acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be
                           witnessed by a plan representative or notary public.
                           Such consent shall thereafter be


                                       37

<PAGE>   42

                           binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any
                           subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new
                           consent shall be required if the account balance is
                           used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other
                           revision of the loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                           no spousal consent is necessary if, at the time the
                           loan is secured, no consent would be required for a
                           distribution under Section 417(a)(2)(B). In addition,
                           spousal consent is not required if the Plan or the
                           Participant is not subject to Section 401(a)(11) at
                           the time the Individual Account is used as security,
                           or if the total Individual Account subject to the
                           security is less than or equal to $3,500.

                  F.       In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
                           attachment of security will not occur until a
                           distributable event occurs in the Plan.
                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
                           Participant's default on a loan will be treated as a
                           distributable event and as soon as administratively
                           feasible after the default, the Participant's Vested
                           Individual Account will be reduced by the lesser of
                           the amount in default (plus accrued interest) or the
                           amount secured. If this Plan is a 401(k) plan, then
                           to the extent the loan is attributable to a
                           Participant's Elective Deferrals, Qualified
                           Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                           Contributions, the Participant's Individual Account
                           will not be reduced unless the Participant has
                           attained age 59 1/2 or has another distributable
                           event. A Participant will be deemed to have consented
                           to the provision at the time the loan is made to the
                           Participant.

                  G.       No loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or
                           Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a
                           shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of
                           an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation
                           who owns (or is considered as owning within the
                           meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day
                           during the taxable year of such corporation, more
                           than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

                  If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance
                  with 6.08(E), then, notwithstanding any other provisions of
                  this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested Individual
                  Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason
                  of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into
                  account for purposes of determining the amount of the account
                  balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only
                  if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less
                  than 100% of the Participant's Vested Individual Account
                  (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
                  payable to the surviving spouse, then the account balance
                  shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Individual
                  Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the
                  loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the
                  surviving spouse.

                  To avoid taxation to the Participant, no loan to any
                  Participant can be made to the extent that such loan when
                  added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the
                  Participant would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced by
                  the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of
                  loans during the one year period ending on the day before the
                  loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the
                  Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50% of the present
                  value of the nonforfeitable Individual Account of the
                  Participant or, if greater, the total Individual Account up to
                  $10,000. For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans
                  from all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of
                  employers described in Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of
                  the Code are aggregated. Furthermore, any loan shall by its
                  terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be
                  amortized in level payments, not less frequently than
                  quarterly, over a period not extending beyond 5 years from the
                  date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
                  dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at
                  the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal
                  residence of the Participant. An assignment or pledge of any
                  portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a loan,
                  pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract
                  purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this
                  paragraph.

                  The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program in
                  accordance with a written document. Such written document
                  shall include, at a minimum, the following: (i) the identity
                  of the person or positions authorized to administer the
                  Participant loan program; (ii) the procedure for applying for
                  loans; (iii) the basis on which loans will be approved or
                  denied; (iv) limitations (if any) on the types and amounts of
                  loans offered; (v) the procedure under the program for
                  determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of
                  collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the
                  events constituting default and the steps that will be taken
                  to preserve Plan assets in the event of such default.

         6.09     DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
                  The Plan Administrator may cause any distribution under this
                  Plan to be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or
                  in cash by converting assets other than cash into cash, or in
                  any combination of the two foregoing ways.

         6.10     DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS

                  A.       DIRECT ROLLOVER OPTION
                           This Section applies to distributions made on or
                           after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision
                           of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
                           limit a distributee's election under this Section, a
                           distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
                           prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any
                           portion of an eligible rollover


                                       38


<PAGE>   43

                           distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid
                           directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by
                           the distributee in a direct rollover.

                  B.       DEFINITIONS

                           1.       Eligible rollover distribution - An eligible
                                    rollover distribution is any distribution of
                                    all or any portion of the balance to the
                                    credit of the distributee, except that an
                                    eligible rollover distribution does not
                                    include:

                                    a.       any distribution that is one of a
                                             series of substantially equal
                                             periodic payments (not less
                                             frequently than annually) made for
                                             the life (or life expectancy) of
                                             the distributee or the joint lives
                                             (or joint life expectancies) of the
                                             distributee and the distributee's
                                             designated Beneficiary, or for a
                                             specified period of ten years or
                                             more;

                                    b.       any distribution to the extent such
                                             distribution is required under
                                             Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;

                                    c.       the portion of any other
                                             distribution that is not includible
                                             in gross income (determined without
                                             regard to the exclusion for net
                                             unrealized appreciation with
                                             respect to employer securities);
                                             and

                                    d.       any other distribution(s) that is
                                             reasonably expected to total less
                                             than $200 during a year.

                           2.       Eligible retirement plan - An eligible
                                    retirement plan is an individual retirement
                                    account described in Section 408(a) of the
                                    Code, an individual retirement annuity
                                    described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                                    annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of
                                    the Code, or a qualified trust described in
                                    Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the
                                    distributee's eligible rollover
                                    distribution. However, in the case of an
                                    eligible rollover distribution to the
                                    surviving spouse, an eligible retirement
                                    plan is an individual retirement account or
                                    individual retirement annuity.

                           3.       Distributee - A distributee includes an
                                    Employee or former Employee. In addition,
                                    the Employee's or former Employee's
                                    surviving spouse and the Employee's or
                                    former Employee's spouse or former spouse
                                    who is the alternate payee under a qualified
                                    domestic relations order, as defined in
                                    Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees
                                    with regard to the interest of the spouse or
                                    former spouse.

                           4.       Direct rollover - A direct rollover is a
                                    payment by the Plan to the eligible
                                    retirement plan specified by the
                                    distributee.

         6.11     PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES
                  The Plan Administrator must use all reasonable measures to
                  locate Participants or Beneficiaries who are entitled to
                  distributions from the Plan. In the event that the Plan
                  Administrator cannot locate a Participant or Beneficiary who
                  is entitled to a distribution from the Plan after using all
                  reasonable measures to locate him or her, the Plan
                  Administrator may, consistent with applicable laws,
                  regulations and other pronouncements under ERISA, use any
                  reasonable procedure to dispose of distributable plan assets,
                  including any of the following: (1) establish a bank account
                  for and in the name of the Participant or Beneficiary and
                  transfer the assets to such bank account, (2) purchase an
                  annuity contract with the assets in the name of the
                  Participant or Beneficiary, or (3) after the expiration of 5
                  years after the benefit becomes payable, treat the amount
                  distributable as a Forfeiture and allocate it in accordance
                  with the terms of the Plan and if the Participant or
                  Beneficiary is later located, restore such benefit to the
                  Plan.

SECTION SEVEN     CLAIMS PROCEDURE

         7.01     FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
                  A Participant or Beneficiary who desires to make a claim for
                  the Vested portion of the Participant's Individual Account
                  shall file a written request with the Plan Administrator on a
                  form to be furnished to him or her by the Plan Administrator
                  for such purpose. The request shall set forth the basis of the
                  claim. The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct such
                  examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of
                  any benefits to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be
                  entitled under the terms of the Plan.

         7.02     DENIAL OF CLAIM
                  Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or
                  Beneficiary has been wholly or partially denied, the Plan
                  Administrator must furnish such Participant or Beneficiary
                  written notice of the denial within 60 days of the date the
                  original claim was filed. This notice shall set forth the
                  specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to
                  pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a
                  description of any additional information or material needed
                  to perfect the


                                       39


<PAGE>   44

                  claim, an explanation of why such additional information or
                  material is necessary and an explanation of the procedures for
                  appeal.

         7.03     REMEDIES AVAILABLE
                  The Participant or Beneficiary shall have 60 days from receipt
                  of the denial notice in which to make written application for
                  review by the Plan Administrator. The Participant or
                  Beneficiary may request that the review be in the nature of a
                  hearing. The Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right
                  to representation, to review pertinent documents and to submit
                  comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall issue a
                  decision on such review within 60 days after receipt of an
                  application for review as provided for in Section 7.02. Upon a
                  decision unfavorable to the Participant or Beneficiary, such
                  Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to bring such
                  actions in law or equity as may be necessary or appropriate to
                  protect or clarify his or her right to benefits under this
                  Plan.

SECTION EIGHT     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

         8.01     EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

                  A.       The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator unless
                           the managing body of the Employer designates a person
                           or persons other than the Employer as the Plan
                           Administrator and so notifies the Trustee (or
                           Custodian, if applicable). The Employer shall also be
                           the Plan Administrator if the person or persons so
                           designated cease to be the Plan Administrator. The
                           Employer may establish an administrative committee
                           that will carry out the Plan Administrator's duties.
                           Members of the administrative committee may allocate
                           the Plan Administrator's duties among themselves.

                  B.       If the managing body of the Employer designates a
                           person or persons other than the Employer as Plan
                           Administrator, such person or persons shall serve at
                           the pleasure of the Employer and shall serve pursuant
                           to such procedures as such managing body may provide.
                           Each such person shall be bonded as may be required
                           by law.

         8.02     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

                  A.       The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate
                           the duties of the Plan Administrator among several
                           individuals or entities. Such appointments shall not
                           be effective until the party designated accepts such
                           appointment in writing.

                  B.       The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to
                           control and manage the operation and administration
                           of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall administer
                           the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the
                           Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance
                           with the specific terms of the Plan.

                  C.       The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the
                           duties of the general administration of the Plan,
                           including, but not limited to, the following:

                           1.       To determine all questions of interpretation
                                    or policy in a manner consistent with the
                                    Plan's documents and the Plan
                                    Administrator's construction or
                                    determination in good faith shall be
                                    conclusive and binding on all persons except
                                    as otherwise provided herein or by law. Any
                                    interpretation or construction shall be done
                                    in a nondiscriminatory manner and shall be
                                    consistent with the intent that the Plan
                                    shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan
                                    under the terms of Section 401(a) of the
                                    Code, as amended from time-to-time, and
                                    shall comply with the terms of ERISA, as
                                    amended from time-to-time;

                           2.       To determine all questions relating to the
                                    eligibility of Employees to become or remain
                                    Participants hereunder;

                           3.       To compute the amounts necessary or
                                    desirable to be contributed to the Plan;

                           4.       To compute the amount and kind of benefits
                                    to which a Participant or Beneficiary shall
                                    be entitled under the Plan and to direct the
                                    Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with
                                    respect to all disbursements under the Plan,
                                    and, when requested by the Trustee (or
                                    Custodian), to furnish the Trustee (or
                                    Custodian) with instructions, in writing, on
                                    matters pertaining to the Plan and the
                                    Trustee (or Custodian) may rely and act
                                    thereon;

                           5.       To maintain all records necessary for the
                                    administration of the Plan;

                           6.       To be responsible for preparing and filing
                                    such disclosure and tax forms as may be
                                    required from time-to-time by the Secretary
                                    of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury;
                                    and

                                       40


<PAGE>   45

                           7.       To furnish each Employee, Participant or
                                    Beneficiary such notices, information and
                                    reports under such circumstances as may be
                                    required by law.

                  D.       The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers
                           necessary or appropriate to accomplish his or her
                           duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to,
                           the following:

                           1.       To appoint and retain such persons as may be
                                    necessary to carry out the functions of the
                                    Plan Administrator;

                           2.       To appoint and retain counsel, specialists
                                    or other persons as the Plan Administrator
                                    deems necessary or advisable in the
                                    administration of the Plan;

                           3.       To resolve all questions of administration
                                    of the Plan;

                           4.       To establish such uniform and
                                    nondiscriminatory rules which it deems
                                    necessary to carry out the terms of the
                                    Plan;

                           5.       To make any adjustments in a uniform and
                                    nondiscriminatory manner which it deems
                                    necessary to correct any arithmetical or
                                    accounting errors which may have been made
                                    for any Plan Year; and

                           6.       To correct any defect, supply any omission
                                    or reconcile any inconsistency in such
                                    manner and to such extent as shall be deemed
                                    necessary or advisable to carry out the
                                    purpose of the Plan.

         8.03     EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
                  All reasonable expenses of administration including, but not
                  limited to, those involved in retaining necessary professional
                  assistance may be paid from the assets of the Fund.
                  Alternatively, the Employer may, in its discretion, pay any or
                  all such expenses. Pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  rules that the Plan Administrator may establish from
                  time-to-time, administrative expenses and expenses unique to a
                  particular Participant may be charged to a Participant's
                  Individual Account or the Plan Administrator may allow
                  Participants to pay such fees outside of the Plan. The
                  Employer shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such
                  clerical and other assistance as the Plan Administrator may
                  need in the performance of his or her duties.

         8.04     INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
                  To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his or her duties,
                  the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the
                  Plan Administrator (or his or her designated agents) on all
                  matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants,
                  their regular employment, retirement, death, Disability or
                  Termination of Employment, and such other pertinent facts as
                  the Plan Administrator (or his or her agents) may require. The
                  Plan Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) of such of the foregoing facts as may be pertinent
                  to the Trustee's (or Custodian's) duties under the Plan. The
                  Plan Administrator (or his or her agents) is entitled to rely
                  on such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall
                  have no duty or responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

                  9.01     RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN

                           A.       The Employer, by adopting the Plan,
                                    expressly delegates to the Prototype Sponsor
                                    the power, but not the duty, to amend the
                                    Plan without any further action or consent
                                    of the Employer as the Prototype Sponsor
                                    deems necessary for the purpose of adjusting
                                    the Plan to comply with all laws and
                                    regulations governing pension or profit
                                    sharing plans. Specifically, it is
                                    understood that the amendments may be made
                                    unilaterally by the Prototype Sponsor.
                                    However, it shall be understood that the
                                    Prototype Sponsor shall be under no
                                    obligation to amend the Plan documents and
                                    the Employer expressly waives any rights or
                                    claims against the Prototype Sponsor for not
                                    exercising this power to amend. For purposes
                                    of Prototype Sponsor amendments, the mass
                                    submitter shall be recognized as the agent
                                    of the Prototype Sponsor. If the Prototype
                                    Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made
                                    by the mass submitter, it will no longer be
                                    identical to or a minor modifier of the mass
                                    submitter plan.

                           B.       An amendment by the Prototype Sponsor shall
                                    be accomplished by giving written notice to
                                    the Employer of the amendment to be made.
                                    The notice shall set forth the text of such
                                    amendment and the date such amendment is to
                                    be effective. Such amendment shall take
                                    effect unless within the 30 day period after
                                    such notice is provided, or within such
                                    shorter period as the notice may specify,
                                    the Employer gives the Prototype Sponsor
                                    written notice of refusal to consent to the
                                    amendment. Such written notice of refusal
                                    shall have the effect of withdrawing the
                                    Plan as a prototype plan and shall cause the
                                    Plan to be considered an individually
                                    designed plan. The right of the


                                       41
<PAGE>   46


                                    Prototype Sponsor to cause the Plan to be
                                    amended shall terminate should the Plan
                                    cease to conform as a prototype plan as
                                    provided in this or any other section.

         9.02     RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN
                  The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the
                  Adoption Agreement; (2) add overriding language in the
                  Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy
                  Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code because of the required
                  aggregation of multiple plans; and (3) add certain model
                  amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which
                  specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the
                  Plan to be treated as individually designed. An Employer that
                  amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of
                  the minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the
                  Code, will no longer participate in this prototype plan and
                  will be considered to have an individually designed plan.

                  An Employer who wishes to amend the Plan to change the options
                  it has chosen in the Adoption Agreement must complete and
                  deliver a new Adoption Agreement to the Prototype Sponsor and
                  Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). Such amendment shall
                  become effective upon execution by the Employer and Trustee
                  (or Custodian).

                  The Employer further reserves the right to replace the Plan in
                  its entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the
                  Employer designates as a replacement plan.

         9.03     LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
                  No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that
                  it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
                  benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
                  Participant's Individual Account may be reduced to the extent
                  permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of
                  this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of
                  decreasing a Participant's Individual Account or eliminating
                  an optional form of benefit with respect to benefits
                  attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated
                  as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting
                  schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who
                  is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is
                  adopted or the date it becomes effective, the Vested
                  percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's
                  Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions will
                  not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan
                  without regard to such amendment.

         9.04     AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
                  If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is
                  amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the
                  computation of the Participant's Vested percentage, or if the
                  Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a
                  top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least 3
                  Years of Vesting Service with the Employer may elect, within
                  the time set forth below, to have the Vested percentage
                  computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

                  For Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service in
                  any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding
                  sentence shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Vesting
                  Service" for "3 Years of Vesting Service" where such language
                  appears.

                  The Period during which the election may be made shall
                  commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to
                  be made and shall end the later of:

                  A.       60 days after the amendment is adopted;

                  B.       60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

                  C.       60 days after the Participant is issued written
                           notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan
                           Administrator.

         9.05     PERMANENCY
                  The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the
                  necessary contributions thereto indefinitely, but such
                  continuance and payment is not assumed as a contractual
                  obligation. Neither the Adoption Agreement nor the Plan nor
                  any amendment or modification thereof nor the making of
                  contributions hereunder shall be construed as giving any
                  Participant or any person whomsoever any legal or equitable
                  right against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) the Plan Administrator or the Prototype Sponsor
                  except as specifically provided herein, or as provided by law.

         9.06     METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION

                                       42

<PAGE>   47

                  The Plan may be terminated by the Employer at any time by
                  appropriate action of its managing body. Such termination
                  shall be effective on the date specified by the Employer. The
                  Plan shall terminate if the Employer shall be dissolved,
                  terminated, or declared bankrupt. Written notice of the
                  termination and effective date thereof shall be given to the
                  Trustee (or Custodian), Plan Administrator, Prototype Sponsor,
                  Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants, and
                  the required filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others)
                  must be made with the Internal Revenue Service and any other
                  regulatory body as required by current laws and regulations.
                  Until all of the assets have been distributed from the Fund,
                  the Employer must keep the Plan in compliance with current
                  laws and regulations by (a) making appropriate amendments to
                  the Plan and (b) taking such other measures as may be
                  required.

         9.07     CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
                  Notwithstanding the preceding Section 9.06, a successor of the
                  Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place
                  of the present Employer. The successor and the present
                  Employer (or, if deceased, the executor of the estate of a
                  deceased Self-Employed Individual who was the Employer) must
                  execute a written instrument authorizing such substitution and
                  the successor must complete and sign a new plan document.

         9.08     FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
                  If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the Plan
                  will no longer be considered to be part of a prototype plan,
                  and such Employer can no longer participate under this
                  prototype. In such event, the Plan will be considered an
                  individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN       MISCELLANEOUS

         10.01    STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
                  The terms and conditions of this Plan shall be applicable
                  without regard to the community property laws of any state.

         10.02    HEADINGS
                  The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of
                  reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of
                  the provisions hereof.

         10.03    GENDER AND NUMBER
                  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender
                  they shall be construed as though they were also used in the
                  feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and
                  whenever any words are used herein in the singular form they
                  shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural
                  form in all cases where they would so apply.

         10.04    PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
                  In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with,
                  or transfer of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any
                  other plan, each Participant shall be entitled to receive
                  benefits immediately after the merger, consolidation, or
                  transfer (if the Plan had then terminated) which are equal to
                  or greater than the benefits he or she would have been
                  entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
                  consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).
                  The Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to enter into
                  merger agreements or agreements to directly transfer the
                  assets of this Plan but only if such agreements are made with
                  trustees or custodians of other retirement plans described in
                  Section 401(a) of the Code.

         10.05    STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
                  The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other
                  fiduciary under this Plan shall discharge their duties with
                  respect to this Plan solely in the interests of Participants
                  and their Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence and
                  diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
                  prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such
                  matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
                  character and with like aims. No fiduciary shall cause the
                  Plan to engage in any transaction known as a "prohibited
                  transaction" under ERISA.

         10.06    GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
                  All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest
                  whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and
                  execute any and all documents and papers which may be
                  necessary or desirable for the carrying out of this Plan and
                  any of its provisions.

         10.07    AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
                  This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors,
                  administrators, successors and assigns, as those terms shall
                  apply to any and all parties hereto, present and future.


                                       43

<PAGE>   48

         10.08    DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS

                  A.       For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983,
                           this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following
                           conditions exist:

                           1.       If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds
                                    60% and this Plan is not part of any
                                    required aggregation group or permissive
                                    aggregation group of plans.

                           2.       If this Plan is part of a required
                                    aggregation group of plans but not part of a
                                    permissive aggregation group and the
                                    top-heavy ratio for the group of plans
                                    exceeds 60%.

                           3.       If this Plan is a part of a required
                                    aggregation group and part of a permissive
                                    aggregation group of plans and the top-heavy
                                    ratio for the permissive aggregation group
                                    exceeds 60%.

                           For purposes of this Section 10.08, the following
                           terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                  B.       KEY EMPLOYEE - Any Employee or former Employee (and
                           the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time
                           during the determination period was an officer of the
                           Employer if such individual's annual compensation
                           exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Section
                           415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner (or considered an
                           owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the 10
                           largest interests in the Employer if such
                           individual's compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar
                           limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a
                           5% owner of the Employer, or a 1% owner of the
                           Employer who has an annual compensation of more than
                           $150,000. Annual compensation means compensation as
                           defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
                           including amounts contributed by the Employer
                           pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
                           excludable from the Employee's gross income under
                           Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B)
                           or Section 403(b) of the Code. The determination
                           period is the Plan Year containing the determination
                           date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

                           The determination of who is a Key Employee will be
                           made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code
                           and the regulations thereunder.

                  C.       TOP-HEAVY RATIO

                           1.       If the Employer maintains one or more
                                    defined contribution plans (including any
                                    simplified employee pension plan) and the
                                    Employer has not maintained any defined
                                    benefit plan which during the 5-year period
                                    ending on the determination date(s) has or
                                    has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy
                                    ratio for this Plan alone or for the
                                    required or permissive aggregation group as
                                    appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of
                                    which is the sum of the account balances of
                                    all Key Employees as of the determination
                                    date(s) (including any part of any account
                                    balance distributed in the 5-year period
                                    ending on the determination date(s)), and
                                    the denominator of which is the sum of all
                                    account balances (including any part of any
                                    account balance distributed in the 5-year
                                    period ending on the determination date(s)),
                                    both computed in accordance with Section 416
                                    of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
                                    Both the numerator and the denominator of
                                    the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect
                                    any contribution not actually made as of the
                                    determination date, but which is required to
                                    be taken into account on that date under
                                    Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                                    thereunder.

                           2.       If the Employer maintains one or more
                                    defined contribution plans (including any
                                    simplified employee pension plan) and the
                                    Employer maintains or has maintained one or
                                    more defined benefit plans which during the
                                    5-year period ending on the determination
                                    date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits,
                                    the top-heavy ratio for any required or
                                    permissive aggregation group as appropriate
                                    is a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                                    sum of account balances under the aggregated
                                    defined contribution plan or plans for all
                                    Key Employees, determined in accordance with
                                    (1) above, and the present value of accrued
                                    benefits under the aggregated defined
                                    benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees
                                    as of the determination date(s), and the
                                    denominator of which is the sum of the
                                    account balances under the aggregated
                                    defined contribution plan or plans for all
                                    Participants, determined in accordance with
                                    (1) above, and the present value of accrued
                                    benefits under the defined benefit plan or
                                    plans for all Participants as of the
                                    determination date(s), all determined in
                                    accordance with Section 416 of the Code and
                                    the regulations thereunder. The accrued
                                    benefits under a defined benefit plan in
                                    both the numerator and denominator of the
                                    top-heavy ratio are increased for any
                                    distribution of an accrued benefit made in
                                    the 5-year period ending on the
                                    determination date.

                                       44

<PAGE>   49

                           3.       For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value
                                    of account balances and the present value of
                                    accrued benefits will be determined as of
                                    the most recent valuation date that falls
                                    within or ends with the 12-month period
                                    ending on the determination date, except as
                                    provided in Section 416 of the Code and the
                                    regulations thereunder for the first and
                                    second plan years of a defined benefit plan.
                                    The account balances and accrued benefits of
                                    a Participant (a) who is not a Key Employee
                                    but who was a Key Employee in a Prior Year,
                                    or (b) who has not been credited with at
                                    least one Hour of Service with any employer
                                    maintaining the plan at any time during the
                                    5-year period ending on the determination
                                    date will be disregarded. The calculation of
                                    the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which
                                    distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
                                    taken into account will be made in
                                    accordance with Section 416 of the Code and
                                    the regulations thereunder. Deductible
                                    employee contributions will not be taken
                                    into account for purposes of computing the
                                    top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the
                                    value of account balances and accrued
                                    benefits will be calculated with reference
                                    to the determination dates that fall within
                                    the same calendar year.

                                    The accrued benefit of a Participant other
                                    than a Key Employee shall be determined
                                    under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly
                                    applies for accrual purposes under all
                                    defined benefit plans maintained by the
                                    Employer, or (b) if there is no such method,
                                    as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
                                    than the slowest accrual rate permitted
                                    under the fractional rule of Section
                                    411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

                           4.       Permissive aggregation group: The required
                                    aggregation group of plans plus any other
                                    plan or plans of the Employer which, when
                                    considered as a group with the required
                                    aggregation group, would continue to satisfy
                                    the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and
                                    410 of the Code.

                           5.       Required aggregation group: (a) Each
                                    qualified plan of the Employer in which at
                                    least one Key Employee participates or
                                    participated at any time during the
                                    determination period (regardless of whether
                                    the Plan has terminated), and (b) any other
                                    qualified plan of the Employer which enables
                                    a plan described in (a) to meet the
                                    requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of
                                    the Code.

                           6.       Determination date: For any Plan Year
                                    subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last
                                    day of the preceding Plan Year. For the
                                    first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of
                                    that year.

                           7.       Valuation date: For purposes of calculating
                                    the top-heavy ratio, the valuation date
                                    shall be the last day of each Plan Year.

                           8.       Present value: For purposes of establishing
                                    the "present value" of benefits under a
                                    defined benefit plan to compute the
                                    top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be
                                    discounted only for mortality and interest
                                    based on the interest rate and mortality
                                    table specified for this purpose in the
                                    defined benefit plan, unless otherwise
                                    indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

         10.09    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
                  If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or
                  more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which
                  this Plan is established and one or more other trades or
                  businesses, this Plan and the plan established for other
                  trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single plan,
                  satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the employees
                  of those trades or businesses.

                  If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
                  Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
                  businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses
                  must be included in a plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and
                  (d) of the Code and which provides contributions and benefits
                  not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under
                  this Plan.

                  If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the
                  plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not
                  controlled and the individual controls a trade or business,
                  then the contributions or benefits of the employees under the
                  plan of the trade or business which is controlled must be as
                  favorable as those provided for him or her under the most
                  favorable plan of the trade or business which is not
                  controlled.

                  For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee,
                  or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control
                  a trade or business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more
                  Owner-Employees, together:

                  (1)      own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or
                           business, or

                                       45

<PAGE>   50
                  (2)      in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of
                           either the capital interest or the profit interest in
                           the partnership.

                  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or
                  two or more Owner-Employees, shall be treated as owning any
                  interest in a partnership which is owned, directly or
                  indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or
                  such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control
                  within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

         10.10    INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
                  No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to
                  assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily.
                  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation,
                  assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
                  with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                  order, unless such order is determined to be a qualified
                  domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
                  Code.

                  Generally, a domestic relations order cannot be a qualified
                  domestic relations order until January 1, 1985. However, in
                  the case of a domestic relations order entered before such
                  date, the Plan Administrator:

                  (1)      shall treat such order as a qualified domestic
                           relations order if such Plan Administrator is paying
                           benefits pursuant to such order on such date, and

                  (2)      may treat any other such order entered before such
                           date as a qualified domestic relations order even if
                           such order does not meet the requirements of Section
                           414(p) of the Code.

                  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
                  distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                  relations order shall be permitted even if the Participant
                  affected by such order is not otherwise entitled to a
                  distribution and even if such Participant has not attained
                  earliest retirement age as defined in Section 414(p) of the
                  Code.

         10.11    CANNOT ELIMINATE PROTECTED BENEFITS
                  Pursuant to Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, and the regulations
                  thereunder, the Employer cannot reduce, eliminate or make
                  subject to Employer discretion any Section 411(d)(6) protected
                  benefit. Where this Plan document is being adopted to amend
                  another plan that contains a protected benefit not provided
                  for in this document, the Employer may attach a supplement to
                  the Adoption Agreement that describes such protected benefit
                  which shall become part of the Plan.

SECTION ELEVEN    401(K) PROVISIONS

                  In addition to Sections 1 through 10, the provisions of this
                  Section 11 shall apply if the Employer has established a
                  401(k) cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) by completing and
                  signing the appropriate Adoption Agreement.

         11.100   DEFINITIONS
                  The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with
                  initial capital letters shall, for the purposes of this Plan,
                  have the meanings set forth below unless the context indicates
                  that other meanings are intended.

         11.101   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP)
                  Means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year,
                  the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each
                  Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer
                  Contributions actually paid over to the Fund on behalf of such
                  Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant's
                  Compensation for such Plan Year (taking into account only that
                  Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of the
                  Plan Year he or she was an eligible Participant, unless
                  otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement). For purposes
                  of calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on behalf of
                  any Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made
                  pursuant to the Participant's deferral election, (including
                  Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees),
                  but excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-highly
                  Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective
                  Deferrals made under the Plan or plans of this Employer and
                  (b) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the
                  Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is
                  satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective
                  Deferrals); and (2) at the election of the Employer, Qualified
                  Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
                  Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral
                  Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for
                  the failure to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated as a
                  Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.

         11.102   AGGREGATE LIMIT

                                       46
<PAGE>   51
                  Means the sum of (1) 125% of the greater of the ADP of the
                  Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the
                  Plan Year or the ACP of the Participants who are not Highly
                  Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section
                  401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the Plan
                  Year of the CODA; and (2) the lesser of 200% or two plus the
                  lesser of such ADP or ACP. "Lesser" is substituted for
                  "greater" in "(1)" above, and "greater" is substituted for
                  "lesser" after "two plus the" in "(2)" if it would result in a
                  larger Aggregate Limit.

         11.103   AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)
                  Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the
                  Eligible Participants in a group.

         11.104   CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
                  Means a Participant who has enrolled as a Contributing
                  Participant pursuant to Section 11.201 and on whose behalf the
                  Employer is contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is
                  making Nondeductible Employee Contributions).

         11.105   CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE
                  Means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the
                  Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts to the
                  Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (taking into
                  account only the Compensation paid to the Employee during the
                  portion of the Plan Year he or she was an eligible
                  Participant, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                  Agreement).

         11.106   CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS
                  Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions,
                  Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
                  made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan
                  Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include
                  Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct
                  Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to
                  which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions,
                  Excess Aggregate Contributions or excess annual additions
                  which are distributed pursuant to Section 11.508. If so
                  elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may include
                  Qualified Nonelective Contributions in the Contribution
                  Percentage Amount. The Employer also may elect to use Elective
                  Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so long as
                  the ADP test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in
                  the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion
                  of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP
                  test.

         11.107   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                  Means any Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the
                  election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and
                  shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary
                  reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect
                  to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the
                  sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such
                  Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any
                  qualified CODA as described in Section 401(k) of the Code, any
                  simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as
                  described in Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred
                  compensation plan under Section 457, any plan as described
                  under Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made
                  on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity
                  contract under Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction
                  agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals
                  properly distributed as excess annual additions.

                  No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals
                  made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained
                  by the Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of the
                  dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in
                  effect at the beginning of such taxable year.

                  Elective Deferrals may not be taken into account for purposes
                  of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to
                  Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

         11.108   ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT
                  Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible
                  Employee Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer
                  takes such contributions into account in the calculation of
                  the Contribution Percentage), or to receive a Matching
                  Contribution (including Forfeitures thereof) or a Qualified
                  Matching Contribution.

                  If a Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a
                  condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would
                  be a Participant in the Plan if such Employee made such a
                  contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on
                  behalf of whom no Nondeductible Employee Contributions are
                  made.

         11.109   EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

                  A.       The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken
                           into account in computing the numerator of the
                           Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of
                           Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                                       47
<PAGE>   52
                  B.       The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted
                           by the ACP test (determined by reducing contributions
                           made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in
                           order of their Contribution Percentages beginning
                           with the highest of such percentages).

                           Such determination shall be made after first
                           determining Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant to
                           Section 11.111 and then determining Excess
                           Contributions pursuant to Section 11.110.

         11.110   EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

                  A.       The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions
                           actually taken into account in computing the ADP of
                           Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                  B.       The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by
                           the ADP test (determined by reducing contributions
                           made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in
                           order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such
                           percentages).

         11.111   EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                  Means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a
                  Participant's gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code to
                  the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable
                  year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section.
                  Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions
                  under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later
                  than the first April 15 following the close of the
                  Participant's taxable year.

         11.112   MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
                  Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other
                  defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on
                  account of an Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee
                  Contribution made by such Participant under a plan maintained
                  by the Employer.

                  Matching Contributions may not be taken into account for
                  purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
                  applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

         11.113   QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Means contributions (other than Matching Contributions or
                  Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and
                  allocated to Participants' Individual Accounts that the
                  Participants may not elect to receive in cash until
                  distributed from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made;
                  and that are distributable only in accordance with the
                  distribution provisions that are applicable to Elective
                  Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

                  Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be taken into account
                  for purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
                  applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

         11.114   QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Means Matching Contributions which are subject to the
                  distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Section
                  401(k) of the Code when made.

         11.115   QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
                  Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the
                  requirements described in Section 11.302 to be entitled to
                  receive a Matching Contribution (and Forfeitures, if
                  applicable) for a Plan Year.

         11.200   CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

         11.201   REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

                  A.       Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility
                           requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement may
                           enroll as a Contributing Participant as of any
                           subsequent Entry Date (or earlier if required by
                           Section 2.03) specified in the Adoption Agreement for
                           this purpose. A Participant who wishes to enroll as a
                           Contributing Participant must complete, sign and file
                           a salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make
                           Nondeductible Employee Contributions) with the Plan
                           Administrator.

                  B.       Notwithstanding the times set forth in Section
                           11.201(A) as of which a Participant may enroll as a
                           Contributing Participant, the Plan Administrator
                           shall have the authority to designate, in a
                           nondiscriminatory manner, additional enrollment times
                           during the 12 month period beginning on the Effective
                           Date (or the date that Elective


                                       48
<PAGE>   53

                           Deferrals may commence, if later) in order that an
                           orderly first enrollment might be completed. In
                           addition, if the Employer has indicated in the
                           Adoption Agreement that Elective Deferrals may be
                           based on bonuses, then Participants shall be afforded
                           a reasonable period of time prior to the issuance of
                           such bonuses to elect to defer them into the Plan.

         11.202   CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS
                  A Contributing Participant may modify his or her salary
                  reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible
                  Employee Contributions) to increase or decrease (within the
                  limits placed on Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
                  Contributions) in the Adoption Agreement) the amount of his or
                  her Compensation deferred into the Plan. Such modification may
                  only be made as of the dates specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement for this purpose, or as of any other more frequent
                  date(s) if the Plan Administrator permits in a uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory manner. A Contributing Participant who
                  desires to make such a modification shall complete, sign and
                  file a new salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make
                  Nondeductible Employee Contribution) with the Plan
                  Administrator. The Plan Administrator may prescribe such
                  uniform and nondiscriminatory rules it deems appropriate to
                  carry out the terms of this Section.

         11.203   CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                  A Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible
                  Employee Contributions) and thus withdraw as a Contributing
                  Participant as of the dates specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement for this purpose (or as of any other date if the
                  Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory manner) by revoking the authorization to the
                  Employer to make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
                  Contributions) on his or her behalf. A Participant who desires
                  to withdraw as a Contributing Participant shall give written
                  notice of withdrawal to the Plan Administrator at least thirty
                  days (or such lesser period of days as the Plan Administrator
                  shall permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) before
                  the effective date of withdrawal. A Participant shall cease to
                  be a Contributing Participant upon his or her Termination of
                  Employment, or an account of termination of the Plan.

         11.204   RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER CEASING ELECTIVE
                  DEFERRALS
                  A Participant who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant
                  under Section 11.203 (or because the Participant has taken a
                  hardship withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.503) may not again
                  become a Contributing Participant until the dates set forth in
                  the Adoption Agreement for this purpose, unless the Plan
                  Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
                  permits withdrawing Participants to resume their status as
                  Contributing Participants sooner.

         11.205   CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS
                  This Section 11.205 applies where the Employer has indicated
                  in the Adoption Agreement that an Employee may make a one-time
                  irrevocable election to have the Employer make contributions
                  to the Plan on such Employee's behalf. In such event, an
                  Employee may elect, upon the Employee's first becoming
                  eligible to participate in the Plan, to have contributions
                  equal to a specified amount or percentage of the Employee's
                  Compensation (including no amount of Compensation) made by the
                  Employer on the Employee's behalf to the Plan (and to any
                  other plan of the Employer) for the duration of the Employee's
                  employment with the Employer. Any contributions made pursuant
                  to a one-time irrevocable election described in this Section
                  are not treated as made pursuant to a cash or deferred
                  election, are not Elective Deferrals and are not includible in
                  an Employee's gross income.

                  The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory procedures as it deems necessary or
                  advisable to administer this provision.

         11.300   CONTRIBUTIONS

         11.301   CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYER
                  The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan in
                  accordance with the contribution formulas specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement.

         11.302   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS The Employer may elect to make Matching
                  Contributions under the Plan on behalf of Qualifying
                  Contributing Participants as provided in the Adoption
                  Agreement. To be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for a
                  Plan Year, the Participant must make Elective Deferrals (or
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if the Employer has
                  agreed to match such contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy
                  any age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements that are
                  specified for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement
                  and also satisfy any additional conditions set forth in the
                  Adoption Agreement for this purpose. In a uniform and
                  nondiscriminatory manner, the Employer may make Matching
                  Contributions at the same time as it contributes Elective
                  Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by laws and
                  regulations.


                                       49

<PAGE>   54

         11.303   QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective
                  Contributions under the Plan on behalf of Participants as
                  provided in the Adoption Agreement.

                  In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as
                  provided in Section 11.505 of the Plan, or Excess Aggregate
                  Contributions as provided in Section 11.506 of the Plan, and
                  to the extent elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement, the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective
                  Contributions on behalf of Participants who are not Highly
                  Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either
                  the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Average
                  Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations
                  under the Code.

         11.304   QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                  The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching
                  Contributions under the Plan on behalf of Participants as
                  provided in the Adoption Agreement.

         11.305   NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Notwithstanding Section 3.02, if the Employer so allows in the
                  Adoption Agreement, a Participant may contribute Nondeductible
                  Employee Contributions to the Plan.

                  If the Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory, then
                  the Employer shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  rules and procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                  as it deems necessary and advisable including, but not limited
                  to, rules describing in amounts or percentages of Compensation
                  Participants may or must contribute to the Plan.

                  A separate account will be maintained by the Plan
                  Administrator for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions for
                  each Participant.

                  A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the
                  Plan Administrator, withdraw the lesser of the portion of his
                  or her Individual Account attributable to his or her
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions or the amount he or she
                  contributed as Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will
                  be nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur
                  solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

         11.400   NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

         11.401   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)
                  A.       LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Actual
                           Deferral Percentage (hereinafter "ADP") for
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           each Plan Year and the ADP for Participants who are
                           not Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                           Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                           1.       The ADP for Participants who are Highly
                                    Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                                    shall not exceed the ADP for Participants
                                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                           2.       The ADP for Participants who are Highly
                                    Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                                    shall not exceed the ADP for Participants
                                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0
                                    provided that the ADP for Participants who
                                    are Highly Compensated Employees does not
                                    exceed the ADP for Participants who are not
                                    Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2
                                    percentage points.

                  B.       SPECIAL RULES

                           1.       The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly
                                    Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and
                                    who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals
                                    (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                                    Qualified Matching Contributions, or both,
                                    if treated as Elective Deferrals for
                                    purposes of the ADP test) allocated to his
                                    or her Individual Accounts under two or more
                                    arrangements described in Section 401(k) of
                                    the Code, that are maintained by the
                                    Employer, shall be determined as if such
                                    Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such
                                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                                    Qualified Matching Contributions, or both)
                                    were made under a single arrangement. If a
                                    Highly Compensated Employee participates in
                                    two or more cash or deferred arrangements
                                    that have different Plan Years, all cash or
                                    deferred arrangements ending with or within
                                    the same calendar


                                       50
<PAGE>   55

                                    year shall be treated as a single
                                    arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                    certain plans shall be treated as separate
                                    if mandatorily disaggregated under
                                    regulations under Section 401(k) of the
                                    Code.

                           2.       In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                                    requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4),
                                    or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated
                                    with one or more other plans, or if one or
                                    more other plans satisfy the requirements of
                                    such sections of the Code only if aggregated
                                    with this Plan, then this Section 11.401
                                    shall be applied by determining the ADP of
                                    Employees as if all such plans were a single
                                    plan. For Plan Years beginning after
                                    December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated
                                    in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the
                                    Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

                           3.       For purposes of determining the ADP of a
                                    Participant who is a 5% owner or one of the
                                    10 most highly paid Highly Compensated
                                    Employees, the Elective Deferrals (and
                                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                                    Qualified Matching Contributions, or both,
                                    if treated as Elective Deferrals for
                                    purposes of the ADP test) and Compensation
                                    of such Participant shall include the
                                    Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable,
                                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
                                    Qualified Matching Contributions, or both)
                                    and Compensation for the Plan Year of family
                                    members (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of
                                    the Code). Family members, with respect to
                                    such Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                                    disregarded as separate Employees in
                                    determining the ADP both for Participants
                                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees and
                                    for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                                    Employees.

                           4.       For purposes of determining the ADP test,
                                    Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contributions and Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions must be made before the last
                                    day of the 12 month period immediately
                                    following the Plan Year to which
                                    contributions relate.

                           5.       The Employer shall maintain records
                                    sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of
                                    the ADP test and the amount of Qualified
                                    Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                                    Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                                    such test.

                           6.       The determination and treatment of the ADP
                                    amounts of any Participant shall satisfy
                                    such other requirements as may be prescribed
                                    by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                           7.       If the Employer elects to take Qualified
                                    Matching Contributions into account as
                                    Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP
                                    test, then (subject to such other
                                    requirements as may be prescribed by the
                                    Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                                    indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only
                                    the amount of such Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions that are needed to meet the
                                    ADP test shall be taken into account.

                           8.       In the event that the Plan Administrator
                                    determines that it is not likely that the
                                    ADP test will be satisfied for a particular
                                    Plan Year unless certain steps are taken
                                    prior to the end of such Plan Year, the Plan
                                    Administrator may require Contributing
                                    Participants who are Highly Compensated
                                    Employees to reduce their Elective Deferrals
                                    for such Plan Year in order to satisfy that
                                    requirement. Said reduction shall also be
                                    required by the Plan Administrator in the
                                    event that the Plan Administrator
                                    anticipates that the Employer will not be
                                    able to deduct all Employer Contributions
                                    from its income for Federal income tax
                                    purposes.

         11.402   LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING
                  CONTRIBUTIONS
                  A.       LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Average
                           Contribution Percentage (hereinafter "ACP") for
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           each Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are
                           not Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                           Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                           1.       The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                                    Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                                    shall not exceed the ACP for Participants
                                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                           2.       The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                                    Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                                    shall not exceed the ACP for Participants
                                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided
                                    that the ACP for the Participants who are
                                    Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed
                                    the ACP for Participants who are not Highly
                                    Compensated Employees by more than 2
                                    percentage points.

                  B.       SPECIAL RULES

                           1.       Multiple Use - If one or more Highly
                                    Compensated Employees participate in both a
                                    CODA and a plan subject to the ACP test
                                    maintained by the Employer and the sum of
                                    the ADP and ACP of those Highly


                                       51

<PAGE>   56

                                    Compensated Employees subject to either or
                                    both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit,
                                    then, as elected in the Adoption Agreement,
                                    the ACP or the ADP of those Highly
                                    Compensated Employees who also participate
                                    in a CODA will be reduced (beginning with
                                    such Highly Compensated Employee whose ACP
                                    (or ADP, if elected) is the highest) so that
                                    the limit is not exceeded. The amount by
                                    which each Highly Compensated Employee's
                                    Contribution Percentage Amounts (or ADP, if
                                    elected) is reduced shall be treated as an
                                    Excess Aggregate Contribution (or Excess
                                    Contribution, if elected). The ADP and ACP
                                    of the Highly Compensated Employees are
                                    determined after any corrections required to
                                    meet the ADP and ACP tests. Multiple use
                                    does not occur if the ADP and ACP of the
                                    Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed
                                    1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the
                                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                                    Employees.

                           2.       For purposes of this Section 11.402, the
                                    Contribution Percentage for any Participant
                                    who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who
                                    is eligible to have Contribution Percentage
                                    Amounts allocated to his or her Individual
                                    Account under two or more plans described in
                                    Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements
                                    described in Section 401(k) of the Code that
                                    are maintained by the Employer, shall be
                                    determined as if the total of such
                                    Contribution Percentage Amounts was made
                                    under each plan. If a Highly Compensated
                                    Employee participates in two or more cash or
                                    deferred arrangements that have different
                                    plan years, all cash or deferred
                                    arrangements ending with or within the same
                                    calendar year shall be treated as a single
                                    arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                    certain plans shall be treated as separate
                                    if mandatorily disaggregated under
                                    regulations under Section 401(m) of the
                                    Code.

                           3.       In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                                    requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4)
                                    or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated
                                    with one or more other plans, or if one or
                                    more other plans satisfy the requirements of
                                    such Sections of the Code only if aggregated
                                    with this Plan, then this Section shall be
                                    applied by determining the Contribution
                                    Percentage of Employees as if all such plans
                                    were a single plan. For Plan Years beginning
                                    after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                                    aggregated in order to satisfy Section
                                    401(m) of the Code only if they have the
                                    same Plan Year.

                           4.       For purposes of determining the Contribution
                                    Percentage of a Participant who is a 5%
                                    owner or one of the 10 most highly paid
                                    Highly Compensated Employees, the
                                    Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                                    Compensation of such Participant shall
                                    include the Contribution Percentage Amounts
                                    and Compensation for the Plan Year of family
                                    members, (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of
                                    the Code). Family members, with respect to
                                    Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                                    disregarded as separate Employees in
                                    determining the Contribution Percentage both
                                    for Participants who are not Highly
                                    Compensated Employees and for Participants
                                    who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                           5.       For purposes of determining the Contribution
                                    Percentage test, Nondeductible Employee
                                    Contributions are considered to have been
                                    made in the Plan Year in which contributed
                                    to the Fund. Matching Contributions and
                                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be
                                    considered made for a Plan Year if made no
                                    later than the end of the 12 month period
                                    beginning on the day after the close of the
                                    Plan Year.

                           6.       The Employer shall maintain records
                                    sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of
                                    the ACP test and the amount of Qualified
                                    Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                                    Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                                    such test.

                           7.       The determination and treatment of the
                                    Contribution Percentage of any Participant
                                    shall satisfy such other requirements as may
                                    be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                                    Treasury.

                           8.       If the Employer elects to take Qualified
                                    Nonelective Contributions into account as
                                    Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes
                                    of the ACP test, then (subject to such other
                                    requirements as may be prescribed by the
                                    Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                                    indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only
                                    the amount of such Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contributions that are needed to meet the
                                    ACP test shall be taken into account.

                           9.       If the Employer elects to take Elective
                                    Deferrals into account as Contribution
                                    Percentage Amounts for purposes of the ACP
                                    test, then (subject to such other
                                    requirements as may be prescribed by the
                                    Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                                    indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only
                                    the amount of such Elective Deferrals that
                                    are needed to meet the ACP test shall be
                                    taken into account.

         11.500   DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

         11.501   GENERAL RULE


                                       52

<PAGE>   57

                  Distributions from the Plan are subject to the provisions of
                  Section 6 and the provisions of this Section 11. In the event
                  of a conflict between the provisions of Section 6 and Section
                  11, the provisions of Section 11 shall control.

         11.502   DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
                  Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
                  Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each
                  are not distributable to a Participant or his or her
                  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such
                  Participant's or Beneficiary or Beneficiaries' election,
                  earlier than upon separation from service, death or
                  disability.

                  Such amounts may also be distributed upon:

                  A.       Termination of the Plan without the establishment of
                           another defined contribution plan, other than an
                           employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Section
                           4975(e) or Section 409 of the Code) or a simplified
                           employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k).

                  B.       The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                           corporation of substantially all of the assets
                           (within the meaning of Section 409(d)(2) of the Code
                           used in a trade or business of such corporation if
                           such corporation continues to maintain this Plan
                           after the disposition, but only with respect to
                           Employees who continue employment with the
                           corporation acquiring such assets.

                  C.       The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                           entity of such corporation's interest in a subsidiary
                           (within the meaning of Section 409(d)(3) of the Code)
                           if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan,
                           but only with respect to Employees who continue
                           employment with such subsidiary.

                  D.       The attainment of age 59 1/2 in the case of a profit
                           sharing plan.

                  E.       If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption
                           Agreement, the hardship of the Participant as
                           described in Section 11.503.

                           All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or
                           more of the foregoing distributable events are
                           subject to the spousal and Participant consent
                           requirements (if applicable) contained in Section
                           401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. In addition,
                           distributions after March 31, 1988, that are
                           triggered by any of the first three events enumerated
                           above must be made in a lump sum.

         11.503   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION

                  A.       GENERAL - If the Employer has so elected in the
                           Adoption Agreement, distribution of Elective
                           Deferrals (and any earnings credited to a
                           Participant's account as of the end of the last Plan
                           Year, ending before July 1, 1989) may be made to a
                           Participant in the event of hardship. For the
                           purposes of this Section, hardship is defined as an
                           immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee
                           where such Employee lacks other available resources.
                           Hardship distributions are subject to the spousal
                           consent requirements contained in Sections 401(a)(11)
                           and 417 of the Code.

                  B.       SPECIAL RULES

                           1.       The following are the only financial needs
                                    considered immediate and heavy: expenses
                                    incurred or necessary for medical care,
                                    described in Section 213(d) of the Code, of
                                    the Employee, the Employee's spouse or
                                    dependents; the purchase (excluding mortgage
                                    payments) of a principal residence for the
                                    Employee; payment of tuition and related
                                    educational fees for the next 12 months of
                                    post-secondary education for the Employee,
                                    the Employee's spouse, children or
                                    dependents; or the need to prevent the
                                    eviction of the Employee from, or a
                                    foreclosure on the mortgage of, the
                                    Employee's principal residence.

                           2.       A distribution will be considered as
                                    necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy
                                    financial need of the Employee only if:

                                    a.       The Employee has obtained all
                                             distributions, other than hardship
                                             distributions, and all nontaxable
                                             loans under all plans maintained by
                                             the Employer;

                                    b.       All plans maintained by the
                                             Employer provide that the
                                             Employee's Elective Deferrals (and
                                             Nondeductible Employee
                                             Contributions) will be suspended
                                             for 12 months after the receipt of
                                             the hardship distribution;


                                       53

<PAGE>   58

                                    c.       The distribution is not in excess
                                             of the amount of an immediate and
                                             heavy financial need (including
                                             amounts necessary to pay any
                                             Federal, state or local income
                                             taxes or penalties reasonably
                                             anticipated to result from the
                                             distribution); and

                                    d.       All plans maintained by the
                                             Employer provide that the Employee
                                             may not make Elective Deferrals for
                                             the Employee's taxable year
                                             immediately following the taxable
                                             year of the hardship distribution
                                             in excess of the applicable limit
                                             under Section 402(g) of the Code
                                             for such taxable year less the
                                             amount of such Employee's Elective
                                             Deferrals for the taxable year of
                                             the hardship distribution.

         11.504   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

                  A.       GENERAL RULE - A Participant may assign to this Plan
                           any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable
                           year of the Participant by notifying the Plan
                           Administrator on or before the date specified in the
                           Adoption Agreement of the amount of the Excess
                           Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A
                           Participant is deemed to notify the Plan
                           Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that
                           arise by taking into account only those Elective
                           Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of
                           the Employer.

                           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
                           Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus
                           any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no
                           later than April 15 to any Participant to whose
                           Individual Account Excess Elective Deferrals were
                           assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess
                           Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.

                  B.       DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess Elective
                           Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss up
                           to the date of distribution. The income of loss
                           allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the sum of:
                           (1) income or loss allocable to the Participant's
                           Elective Deferral account for the taxable year
                           multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                           such Participant's Elective Deferrals for the year
                           and the denominator is the Participant's Individual
                           Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals
                           without regard to any income or loss occurring during
                           such taxable year; and (2) 10% of the amount
                           determined under (1) multiplied by the number of
                           whole calendar months between the end of the
                           Participant's taxable year and the date of
                           distribution, counting the month of distribution if
                           distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan
                           Administrator may compute the income or loss
                           allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals in the manner
                           described in Section 4 (i.e., the usual manner used
                           by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
                           Participants' Individual Accounts), provided such
                           method is used consistently for all Participants and
                           for all corrective distributions under the Plan for
                           the Plan Year.

         11.505   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

                  A.       GENERAL RULE - Notwithstanding any other provision of
                           this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and
                           minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
                           distributed no later than the last day of each Plan
                           Year to Participants to whose Individual Accounts
                           such Excess Contributions were allocated for the
                           preceding Plan Year. If such excess amounts are
                           distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day
                           of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose,
                           a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                           maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
                           Such distributions shall be made to Highly
                           Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective
                           portions of the Excess Contributions attributable to
                           each of such Employees. Excess Contributions of
                           Participants who are subject to the family member
                           aggregation rules shall be allocated among the family
                           members in proportion to the Elective Deferrals (and
                           amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) of each family
                           member that is combined to determine the combined
                           ADP.

                           Excess Contributions (including the amounts
                           recharacterized) shall be treated as annual additions
                           under the Plan.

                  B.       DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or
                           loss up to the date of distribution. The income or
                           loss allocable to Excess Contributions is the sum of:
                           (1) income or loss allocable to Participant's
                           Elective Deferral account (and, if applicable, the
                           Qualified Nonelective Contribution account or the
                           Qualified Matching Contributions account or both) for
                           the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
                           of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions
                           for the year and the denominator is the Participant's
                           Individual Account balance attributable to Elective
                           Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                           Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of
                           such contributions are included in the ADP test)
                           without regard to any income or loss occurring during
                           such Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the amount determined
                           under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar
                           months between the end of the Plan Year and the date
                           of distribution, counting the month of distribution
                           if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
                           Notwithstanding the


                                       54
<PAGE>   59

                           preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator may
                           compute the income or loss allocable to Excess
                           Contributions in the manner described in Section 4
                           (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for
                           allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
                           Accounts), provided such method is used consistently
                           for all Participants and for all corrective
                           distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

                  C.       ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS - Excess
                           Contributions shall be distributed from the
                           Participant's Elective Deferral account and Qualified
                           Matching Contribution account (if applicable) in
                           proportion to the Participant's Elective Deferrals
                           and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent
                           used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess
                           Contributions shall be distributed from the
                           Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                           account only to the extent that such Excess
                           Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant's
                           Elective Deferral account and Qualified Matching
                           Contribution account.

         11.506   DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS

                  A.       GENERAL RULE - Notwithstanding any other provision of
                           this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any
                           income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
                           forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable,
                           distributed no later than the last day of each Plan
                           Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the
                           preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions
                           of Participants who are subject to the family member
                           aggregation rules shall be allocated among the family
                           members in proportion to the Employee and Matching
                           Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching
                           Contributions) of each family member that is combined
                           to determine the combined ACP. If such Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2
                           1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in
                           which such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax
                           will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan
                           with respect to those amounts.

                           Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as
                           annual additions under the Plan.

                  B.       DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or
                           loss up to the date of distribution. The income or
                           loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is
                           the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable to the
                           Participant's Nondeductible Employee Contribution
                           account, Matching Contribution account (if any, and
                           if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test)
                           and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                           Contribution account and Elective Deferral account
                           for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the
                           numerator of which is such Participant's Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions for the year and the
                           denominator is the Participant's Individual Account
                           balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts without regard to any income or loss
                           occurring during such Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the
                           amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number
                           of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan
                           Year and the date of distribution, counting the month
                           of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
                           of such month. Notwithstanding the preceding
                           sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the
                           income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions in the manner described in Section 4
                           (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for
                           allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
                           Accounts), provided such method is used consistently
                           for all Participants and for all corrective
                           distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

                  C.       FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS -
                           Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may
                           either be reallocated to the accounts of Contributing
                           Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees
                           or applied to reduce Employer Contributions, as
                           elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

                  D.       ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS -
                           Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if
                           forfeitable or distributed on a pro rata basis from
                           the Participant's Nondeductible Employee Contribution
                           account, Matching Contribution account, and Qualified
                           Matching Contribution account (and, if applicable,
                           the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                           account or Elective Deferral account, or both).


                                       55

<PAGE>   60


         11.507   RECHARACTERIZATION
                  A Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions as an
                  amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by
                  the Participant to the Plan. Recharacterized amounts will
                  remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution
                  requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may not be
                  recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent
                  that such amount in combination with other Nondeductible
                  Employee Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any
                  stated limit under the Plan on Nondeductible Employee
                  Contributions.

                  Recharacterization must occur no later than two and one-half
                  months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such
                  Excess Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier
                  than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed
                  in writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences
                  thereof. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the
                  Participant for the Participant's tax year in which the
                  Participant would have received them in cash.

         11.508   DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IF EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS
                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a
                  Participant's Elective Deferrals shall be distributed to him
                  or her to the extent that the distribution will reduce an
                  excess annual addition (as that term is described in Section
                  3.05 of the Plan).

         11.600   VESTING

         11.601   100% VESTING ON CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS
                  The Participant's accrued benefit derived from Elective
                  Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible
                  Employee Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
                  is nonforfeitable. Separate accounts for Elective Deferrals,
                  Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
                  Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching
                  Contributions will be maintained for each Participant. Each
                  account will be credited with the applicable contributions and
                  earnings thereon.

         11.602   FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                  Matching Contributions shall be Vested in accordance with the
                  vesting schedule for Matching Contributions in the Adoption
                  Agreement. In any event, Matching Contributions shall be fully
                  Vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial
                  termination of the profit sharing plan, or upon the complete
                  discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any
                  other provisions of the Plan, Matching Contributions or
                  Qualified Matching Contributions must be forfeited if the
                  contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective
                  Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate
                  Contributions or excess annual additions which are distributed
                  pursuant to Section 11.508. Such Forfeitures shall be
                  allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                  When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether
                  a Forfeiture arises with respect to Matching Contributions
                  shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.01(D).


                                       56

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

COMPREHENSIVE STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 1.      EMPLOYER INFORMATION

                Name of Employer   American Intercontinental University
                                -----------------------------------------------

                Address 3340 Peachtree Road, N.E., Tower Place, Suite 2000
                        -------------------------------------------------------
                City Atlanta                State Georgia        Zip 30326
                     ----------------------       --------------     ----------
                Telephone (404) 812-8200 Employer's Federal Tax Identification
                Number 58-1286467
                Type of Business (Check only one)  [ ] Sole Proprietorship 
                                [ ] Partnership    [X] C Corporation 
                                [ ] S Corporation  [ ] Other (Specify)

                [ ] Check here if Related Employers may participate in this 
                    Plan and attach a Related Employer Participation Agreement
                    for each Related Employer who will participate in this Plan.

                Business Code 8200
                              ----------------------------------
        
                Name of Plan American Intercontinental University 401(k) 
                             --------------------------------------------------

                              Retirement Savings Plan
                             --------------------------------------------------

                Name of Trust (if different from Plan name)
                                                             ------------------

                ---------------------------------------------------------------

                Plan Sequence Number 001 (Enter 001 if this is the first
                qualified plan the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if
                it is the second, etc.)

                Trust Identification Number (if applicable)
                                                            -------------------
                Account Number (Optional)    777070
                                          -------------------------------------

SECTION 2.      EFFECTIVE DATES   Complete Parts A and B
       PART A.  General Effective Dates (Check and Complete Option 1 or 2):

                OPTION 1:  [ ]    This is the initial adoption of a profit 
                                  sharing plan by the Employer. The Effective 
                                  Date of this Plan is             , 19     .
                                  NOTE: The effective date is usually the first
                                  day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
                                  Agreement is signed.

                OPTION 2:  [X]    This is an amendment and restatement of an 
                                  existing profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).
                                  The Prior Plan was initially effective on
                                  10-01, 1991.
                                  The Effective Date of this amendment and 
                                  restatement is 01-01, 1998.
                                  NOTE: The effective date is usually the first
                                  day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
                                  Agreement is signed.

       PART B.  Specific Effective Dates:
                The provisions of the Plan will generally be effective as of
                the Effective Date specified in Section 2, Part A. However,
                the following provisions will be effective on the dates
                indicated below (Specify effective date only if later than the
                general Effective Date described in Section 2, Part A):

                Provision                                     Effective Date
                1.  Commencement of Elective Deferrals*      ________________
                2.  Matching Contributions (Section 7)       ________________



<PAGE>   2


                                                                         Page 2



<TABLE>
                <S>                                                             <C>    
                3.  Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Section 8)             __________________________
                4.  Qualified Matching Contributions (Section 9)                __________________________
                5.  In-Service Withdrawals (Section 15, Part A, Item 6)         __________________________
                6.  Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals (Section 15,
                    Part A, Item 5)                                             __________________________
                7.  Hardship Withdrawals (Section 15, Part A, Item 8)           __________________________
                8.  Loans (Section 17, Item A)                                  __________________________
                9.  Participant Direction of Investments (Section 18)           __________________________
                *NOTE:  Elective Deferrals may commence no earlier than the 
                date this Adoption Agreement is signed because Elective Deferrals cannot be made retroactively.
</TABLE>

SECTION 3.      RELEVANT TIME PERIODS  Complete Parts A through D
       PART A.  Employer's Fiscal Year:
                The Employer's fiscal year ends (Specify month and date)  05-31

       PART B.  Plan Year Means:
                OPTION 1: [ ] The 12-consecutive month period which coincides 
                              with the Employer's fiscal year.
                OPTION 2: [X] The calendar year.
                OPTION 3: [ ] Other (Specify)___________________________________
                NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                selected.

                If the initial Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan
                Year) specify such Plan Year's beginning and ending
                dates__________________________________________________________

       PART C.  Limitation Year Means:
                OPTION 1: [X] The Plan Year.
                OPTION 2: [ ] The calendar year.
                OPTION 3: [ ] Other (Specify)___________________________________
                NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be 
                selected.

       PART D.  Measuring Period For Vesting:
                Years of Vesting Service shall be measured over the following 
                12-consecutive month period:
                OPTION 1: [ ] The Plan Year.
                OPTION 2: [X] The 12-consecutive month period commencing with 
                              the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and 
                              each successive 12-month period commencing on the
                              anniversaries of the Employee's Employment 
                              Commencement Date.
                OPTION 3: [ ] Other (Specify)___________________________________
                NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be 
                selected.

SECTION 4.      ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A through F
       PART A.  Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
                1.  Elective Deferrals.
                    An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                    Participant in the Plan (and thus be eligible to make
                    Elective Deferrals) after completing 0 (enter 0, 1 or
                    any fraction less than 1) Years of Eligibility Service.

                2.  Matching Contributions.
                    If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                    a Contributing Participant will be eligible to receive
                    Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, if applicable) after completing 1 (enter
                    0, 1, 2 or any fraction less than 2) Years of
                    Eligibility Service.




<PAGE>   3


                                                                          Page 3



                3.  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                    An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in
                    the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of any
                    Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to
                    Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement after completing 0
                    (enter 0, 1, 2 or any fraction less than 2) Years of
                    Eligibility Service.


                NOTE: If more than 1 year is selected for Item 2 or Item 3,
                the immediate 100% vesting schedule of Section 13 will
                automatically apply for contributions described in such item.
                If any item is left blank, the Years of Eligibility Service
                required for such item will be deemed to be 0. If a fraction
                is selected, an Employee will not be required to complete any
                specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for a
                fractional year. If a single Entry Date is selected in Section
                4, Part F for an item, the Years of Eligibility Service
                required for such item cannot exceed 1 1/2 (1/2 for
                Elective Deferrals).

       PART B.  Age Requirement:
                1.      Elective Deferrals.
                        An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                        Participant (and thus be eligible to make Elective
                        Deferrals) after attaining age 21 (no more than 21).

                2.      Matching Contributions.
                        If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                        Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                        a Contributing Participant will be eligible to receive
                        Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                        Contributions, if applicable) after attaining age 21 (no
                        more than 21).

                3.      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                        An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in
                        the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of any
                        Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to
                        Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement after attaining age
                        21 (no more than 21).
                NOTE: If any of the above items in this Section 4, Part B is
                left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement for
                such item. If a single Entry Date is selected in Section 4,
                Part F for an item, no age requirement can exceed 20 1/2 for
                such item.

       PART C.  Employees Employed As of Effective Date:
                1.      Elective Deferrals.
                        Will all Employees employed as of the date that Elective
                        Deferrals may commence as specified in Section 2, Part B
                        who have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility
                        Service and age requirements specified above for
                        Elective Deferrals be considered to have met those
                        requirements as of the Elective Deferral commencement
                        date? [ ] Yes [X] No

                2.      Matching Contributions.
                        If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                        Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan,
                        will all Employees employed as of the date that Elective
                        Deferrals may commence as specified in Section 2, Part B
                        who have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility
                        Service and age requirements specified above for
                        Matching Contributions be considered to have met those
                        requirements as of the Elective Deferral commencement
                        date? [ ] Yes [X] No

                3.      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                        Will all Employees employed as of the Effective Date of
                        this Plan who have not otherwise met the Years of
                        Eligibility Service and age requirements specified above
                        for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions be considered
                        to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date?
                        [ ] Yes [X] No
                NOTE:  If a box is not checked for any item in this Section 4, 
                Part C, "No" will be deemed to be selected for that item.




<PAGE>   4


                                                                          Page 4



       PART D.  Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees:
                1.    Elective Deferrals.
                      All Employees will be eligible to become Contributing
                      Participants (and thus eligible to make Elective
                      Deferrals) except:

                      a. [ ]      Those Employees included in a unit of
                                  Employees covered by a collective bargaining
                                  agreement between the Employer and Employee
                                  representatives, if retirement benefits were
                                  the subject of good faith bargaining and if
                                  two percent or less of the Employees who are
                                  covered pursuant to that agreement are
                                  professionals as defined in Section
                                  1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this
                                  purpose, the term "employee representatives"
                                  does not include any organization more than
                                  half of whose members are Employees who are
                                  owners, officers, or executives of the
                                  Employer.

                      b. [X]      Those Employees who are non-resident aliens
                                  (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B)
                                  of the Code) and who received no earned
                                  income (within the meaning of Section
                                  911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer
                                  which constitutes income from sources within
                                  the United States (within the meaning of
                                  Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).


                2.    Matching Contributions.
                      All Contributing Participants will be eligible to
                      receive Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                      Contributions) if applicable, except:

                      a. [ ]      Those Employees included in a unit of
                                  Employees covered by a collective bargaining
                                  agreement between the Employer and Employee
                                  representatives, if retirement benefits were
                                  the subject of good faith bargaining and if
                                  two percent or less of the Employees who are
                                  covered pursuant to that agreement are
                                  professionals as defined in Section
                                  1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this
                                  purpose, the term "employee representatives"
                                  does not include any organization more than
                                  half of whose members are Employees who are
                                  owners, officers, or executives of the
                                  Employer.

                      b. [X]      Those Employees who are non-resident
                                  aliens (within the meaning of Section
                                  7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who received
                                  no earned income (within the meaning of
                                  Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the
                                  Employer which constitutes income from
                                  sources within the United States (within the
                                  meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

                3.   Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                     All Employees will be eligible to become a Participant
                     in the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of
                     any Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant
                     to Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement except:

                      a. [ ]        Those Employees included in a unit of
                                    Employees covered by a collective bargaining
                                    agreement between the Employer and Employee
                                    representatives, if retirement benefits were
                                    the subject of good faith bargaining and if
                                    two percent or less of the Employees who are
                                    covered pursuant to that agreement are
                                    professionals as defined in Section
                                    1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this
                                    purpose, the term "employee representatives"
                                    does not include any organization more than
                                    half of whose members are Employees who are
                                    owners, officers, or executives of the
                                    Employer.

                      b. [X]       Those Employees who are non-resident aliens
                                   (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B)
                                   of the Code) and who received no earned
                                   income (within the meaning of Section
                                   911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer
                                   which constitutes income from sources within
                                   the United States (within the meaning of
                                   Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

       PART E.  Hours Required For Eligibility Purposes:
                1.      1,000 Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be 
                        required to constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.



<PAGE>   5


                                                                          Page 5



                2.         500 Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than
                           the number specified in Section 4, Part E, Item 1,
                           above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in
                           Eligibility Service.

                3.         For purposes of determining Years of Eligibility
                           Service, Employees shall be given credit for Hours of
                           Service with the following predecessor employer(s)
                           (Complete if applicable)_____________________________
                           _____________________________________________________

       PART F.  Entry Dates:
                1.         Elective Deferrals.
                           The Entry Dates for purposes of making Elective
                           Deferrals shall be (Choose one):
                           OPTION 1:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and 
                                           the first day of the seventh month of
                                           the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 2:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and 
                                           the first day of the fourth, seventh 
                                           and tenth months of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 3:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 4:  [X]  Other (Specify) First of month 
                                           coinciding/following date of 
                                           employment.  If new EE chooses not to
                                           enter then, first of quarter 1/1, 
                                           4/1, 7/1, 10/1.
  
                2.         Matching Contributions.
                           If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
                           Contributions) will be made to the Plan, the Entry
                           Dates for purposes of Matching Contributions (or
                           Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable)
                           shall be (Choose one): 
                           OPTION 1:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and
                                           the first day of the seventh month
                                           of the Plan Year. 
                           OPTION 2:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and
                                           the first day of the fourth, seventh
                                           and tenth months of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 3:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 4:  [X]  Other
                           (Specify) First of month coinciding/following date of
                           employment. If new EE chooses not to enter then,
                           first of quarter 1/1, 4/1, 7/1, 10/1.



                3.         Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                           The Entry Dates for purposes of Employer Profit 
                           Sharing Contributions shall be (Choose one):
                           OPTION 1:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and 
                                           the first day of the seventh month 
                                           of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 2:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year and 
                                           the first day of the fourth, seventh
                                           and tenth months of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 3:  [ ]  The first day of the Plan Year.
                           OPTION 4:  [X]  Other (Specify) First of month 
                                           coinciding/following date of 
                                           employment.  If new EE chooses not to
                                           enter then, first of quarter 1/1,
                                           4/1, 7/1, 10/1.

                  NOTE: If no option is selected for an item, Option 1 will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item. Option 3 or Option 4 can
                  be selected for an item only if the eligibility requirements
                  and Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee will
                  become a Participant in the Plan no later than the earlier of:
                  (1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date
                  the Employee satisfies the age and service requirements of
                  Section 410(a) of the Code; or (2) 6 months after the date the
                  Employee satisfies such requirements.

SECTION 5.        METHOD OF DETERMINING SERVICE  Complete Part A or B
       PART A.    Hours of Service Equivalencies:
                  Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected
                  below. Only one method may be selected. The method selected
                  will be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.
                  (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1. [X]  On the basis of actual hours for which an 
                                 Employee is paid or entitled to payment. 
                  OPTION 2. [ ]  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will 
                                 be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under 
                                 Section 1.24 of the Plan such Employee would be
                                 credited with at least 1 Hour of Service
                                 during the day.
<PAGE>   6


                                                                          Page 6



                  OPTION 3. [ ] On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee
                                will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if
                                under Section 1.24 of the Plan such Employee
                                would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                                Service during the week.

                  OPTION 4. [ ] On the basis of months worked. An Employee
                                will be credited with 190 Hours of Service
                                if under Section 1.24 of the Plan such
                                Employee would be credited with at least 1
                                Hour of Service during the month. 
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected. This Section 5, Part A will not apply if the Elapsed
                  Time Method of Section 5, Part B is selected.

       PART B.    Elapsed Time Method:
                  In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the 
                  elapsed time method described in Section 2.07 of the Plan be 
                  used?  (Choose one)
                  OPTION 1: [ ] No.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Yes.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 6.        ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
       PART A.    Authorization of Elective Deferrals:
                  Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan 
                  (Choose one)?
                  OPTION 1. [X] Yes.
                  OPTION 2. [ ] No.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected. Complete the remainder of Section 6 only if Option 1
                  is selected.

       PART B.    Limits on Elective Deferrals:
                  If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a
                  Contributing Participant may elect under a salary reduction
                  agreement to have his or her Compensation reduced by an amount
                  as described below (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1. [X] An amount equal to a percentage of the 
                                Contributing Participant's Compensation from 
                                1% to 15% in increments of 1%.
                  OPTION 2. [ ] An amount of the Contributing Participant's 
                                Compensation not less than $________ and not
                                more than $________.

                  The amount of such reduction shall be contributed to the Plan
                  by the Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant. For
                  any taxable year, a Contributing Participant's Elective
                  Deferrals shall not exceed the limit contained in Section
                  402(g) of the Code in effect at the beginning of such taxable
                  year.

       PART C.    Elective Deferrals Based on Bonuses:
                  Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through
                  payroll deduction, may a Contributing Participant elect to
                  contribute to the Plan, as an Elective Deferral, part or all
                  of a bonus rather than receive such bonus in cash (Choose
                  one)?
                  OPTION 1: [X] Yes.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] No.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to 
                  be selected.

       PART D.    Ceasing Elective Deferrals:
                  A Contributing Participant may prospectively revoke a salary
                  reduction agreement to cease Elective Deferrals (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] As of the first day of any payroll period.
                  OPTION 2: [X] As of the first day of any month.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] As of the first day of any quarter.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] As of any Entry Date.
                  OPTION 5: [ ] As of such times established by the Plan 
                                Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                                manner.



<PAGE>   7


                                                                          Page 7



                  OPTION 6: [ ] Other (Specify.  Must be at least once per 
                                year)___________________________________
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART E.    Return As A Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective 
                  Deferrals:
                  A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a
                  salary reduction agreement may return as a Contributing
                  Participant (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] No sooner than as of the first day of the next 
                                Plan Year.
                  OPTION 2: [X] As of any subsequent Entry Date.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] As of the first day of any subsequent quarter.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] As of such times established by the Plan 
                                Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                                manner.
                  OPTION 5: [ ] Other (Specify.  Must be at least once per 
                                year)___________________________________
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART F.    Changing Elective Deferral Amounts:
                  A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction
                  agreement to prospectively increase or decrease the amount of
                  his or her Elective Deferrals (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] As of the first day of any payroll period.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] As of the first day of any month.
                  OPTION 3: [X] As of the first day of any quarter.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] As of any Entry Date.
                  OPTION 5: [ ] As of such times established by the Plan 
                                Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                                manner.
                  OPTION 6: [ ] Other (Specify)________________________________
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART G.    Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals:
                  Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the
                  preceding calendar year must submit their claims in writing to
                  the Plan Administrator by (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] March 1.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Other (Specify a date not later than April
                  15)_____________________________________ 
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART H.    One-Time Irrevocable Elections:
                  May an Employee make a one-time irrevocable election, as
                  described in Section 11.205 of the Plan, upon first becoming
                  eligible to participate in the Plan to have the Employer make
                  contributions to the Plan on such Employee's behalf (Choose
                  one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] Yes.
                  OPTION 2: [X] No.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be
                  selected.


SECTION 7.        MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
       PART A.    Authorization of Matching Contributions:
                  Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on
                  behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants (Choose one)?
                  OPTION 1: [X] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
                                Participant's Elective Deferrals.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's 
                                Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals 
                                and Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] No.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 4 will be deemed to be
                  selected.  Complete the remainder of Section 7 only if Option 
                  1, 2 or 3 is selected.





<PAGE>   8


                                                                          Page 8



       PART B.    Matching Contribution Formula:
                  If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the
                  amount of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a
                  Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be
                  (Choose one):

                  OPTION 1: [X] An amount equal to 35% of such Contributing 
                                Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                                Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if 
                                applicable).

                  OPTION 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of ____% of the
                                portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                                Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                does not exceed ____% of the Contributing
                                Participant's Compensation plus ____% of the
                                portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                                Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                exceeds ____% of the Contributing
                                Participant's Compensation.

                  OPTION 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, equal
                                to that percentage of each Contributing
                                Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                                Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                                applicable) which the Employer, in its
                                sole discretion, determines from year to year.

                  OPTION 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify)_______________________

                  NOTE: If Option 4 is selected, the formula specified can only
                  allow Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a
                  Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or
                  Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable).

       PART C.    Limit on Matching Contributions:
                  Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified
                  above, no Matching Contribution will be made with respect to a
                  Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or
                  Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) in excess
                  of $________ or 6 % of such Contributing Participant's
                  Compensation.

       PART D.    Qualifying Contributing Participants:
                  A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility
                  requirements described in Section 4 will be a Qualifying
                  Contributing Participant and thus entitled to share in
                  Matching Contributions for any Plan Year only if the
                  Participant is a Contributing Participant and satisfies the
                  following additional conditions (Check one or more Options):

                  OPTION 1: [X] No Additional Conditions.

                  OPTION 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Contributing 
                                Participant completes at least ______  (not
                                more than 500) Hours of Service during the Plan 
                                Year.  However, this condition will be waived 
                                for the following reasons (Check at least one):
                            [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.
                            [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                                Employment after having incurred a Disability.
                            [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                                Employment after having reached Normal 
                                Retirement Age.
                            [ ] This condition will not be waived.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.


SECTION 8.        QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
       PART A.    Authorization of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
                  Will the Employer make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to
                  the Plan (Choose one)?
                  OPTION 1: [ ] Yes.
                  OPTION 2: [X] No.



<PAGE>   9


                                                                          Page 9




                  If the Employer elects to make Qualified Nonelective
                  Contributions, then the amount, if any, of such contribution
                  to the Plan for each Plan Year shall be an amount determined
                  by the Employer.

                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected. Complete the remainder of Section 8 only if Option 1
                  is selected.

       PART B.    Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
                  Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be 
                  made to the Individual Accounts of (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] Only Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                                Employees.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] All Participants.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART C.    Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
                  Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to
                  Participants entitled thereto shall be made (Choose one):

                  OPTION 1: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's 
                                Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the 
                                total Compensation of all Participants for such 
                                Plan Year.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's 
                                Compensation not in excess of $________ for the 
                                Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                                Participants not in excess of $________ for such
                                Plan Year.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 9.        QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
       PART A.    Authorization of Qualified Matching Contributions:
                  Will the Employer make Qualified Matching Contributions to the
                  Plan on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants (Choose
                  one)?
                  OPTION 1: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing 
                                Participant's Elective Deferrals.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's 
                                Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and
                                Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
                  OPTION 4: [X] No.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be
                  selected. Complete the remainder of Section 9 only if Option
                  1, 2 or 3 is selected.

       PART B.    Qualified Matching Contribution Formula:
                  If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions,
                  then the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made
                  on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan
                  Year shall be (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] An amount equal to ____% of such
                                Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral
                                (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                                if applicable).
                  OPTION 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of ____% of the
                                portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                                Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                does not exceed ____% of the Contributing
                                Participant's Compensation plus ____% of the
                                portion of such Contributing Participant's
                                Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                                Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                                exceeds ____% of the Contributing
                                Participant's Compensation.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, as determined by the
                                Employer in its sole discretion, equal to
                                that percentage of the Elective Deferrals
                                (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                                if applicable) of each Contributing
                                Participant entitled thereto which would be
                                sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy the
                                Actual Contribution Percentage tests
                                (described in Section 11.402 of the Plan)
                                for the Plan Year.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify)____________________
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to 
                  be selected.




<PAGE>   10


                                                                         Page 10



       PART C.    Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions:
                  Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be
                  made on behalf of (Choose one)?
                  OPTION 1: [ ] Only Contributing Participants who make Elective
                                Deferrals who are not Highly Compensated 
                                Employees.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] All Contributing Participants who make Elective
                                Deferrals.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to 
                  be  selected.

       PART D.    Limit on Qualified Matching Contributions:
                  Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula
                  specified above, the Employer will not match a Contributing
                  Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible
                  Employee Contribution, if applicable) in excess of $________
                  or ____% of such Contributing Participant's Compensation.

SECTION 10.       ADP AND ACP TESTING OPTIONS
       PART A.    ACP Test and Elective Deferrals:
                  Will Elective Deferrals under this Plan (and any other plan of
                  the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken into
                  account, and included as Contribution Percentage Amounts for
                  purposes of performing the Average Contribution Percentage
                  (ACP) test? (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] No.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Elective Deferrals 
                                                   that are needed to meet the 
                                                   Average Contribution 
                                                   Percentage test.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Elective Deferrals.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART B.    ACP Test and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                  Will Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan (and
                  any other plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be
                  taken into account, and included as Contribution Percentage
                  Amounts for purposes of performing the Average Contribution
                  Percentage (ACP) test? (Choose one): 
                  OPTION 1: [ ] No.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Qualified 
                                                   Nonelective Contributions 
                                                   that are needed to meet the 
                                                   Average Contribution 
                                                   Percentage test.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Qualified Nonelective 
                                                   Contributions.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART C.    ADP Test and Qualified Matching Contributions
                  Will Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan (or any
                  other plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be
                  taken into account as Elective Deferrals for purposes of
                  calculating Actual Deferral Percentages when performing the
                  Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) test? (Choose one) 
                  OPTION 1: [ ] No.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Qualified Matching 
                                                   Contribution that are needed
                                                   to meet the ADP test.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All such Qualified Matching 
                                                   Contributions.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART D.    Correction of Aggregate Limit:
                  If the Aggregate Limit described in Section 11.102 of the Plan
                  is exceeded, the following adjustments will be made in
                  accordance with Section 11.402(B)(1) of the Plan (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] The ACP of Highly Compensated Employees will be
                                reduced.
                  OPTION 2: [X] The ADP of Highly Compensated Employees will be
                                reduced.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.


<PAGE>   11


                                                                         Page 11



SECTION 11.       EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS Complete Parts A, B and 
                  C
       PART A.    Contribution Formula (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Discretionary Formula.  For each Plan Year the 
                                Employer will contribute an amount to be
                                determined from year to year.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Fixed Formula. ________ % of the Compensation of
                                all Qualifying Participants under the Plan for 
                                the Plan Year.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Fixed Percent of Profits Formula.  ________% of 
                                the Employer's profits that are in excess of 
                                $___________.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] Frozen Plan.  This Plan is frozen effective 
                                 _________________________ and the Employer
                                will not make additional contributions to the 
                                Plan after such date. 
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

       PART B.    Allocation Formula  (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Pro Rata Formula. Employer
                                Profit Sharing Contributions shall be
                                allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                                Qualifying Participants in the ratio that
                                each Qualifying Participant's Compensation
                                for the Plan Year bears to the total
                                Compensation of all Qualifying Participants
                                for the Plan Year.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Flat Dollar Formula. Employer Profit
                                Sharing Contributions allocated to the
                                Individual Accounts of Qualifying
                                Participants for each Plan Year shall be
                                the same dollar amount for each Qualifying
                                Participant.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Integrated Formula. Employer Profit Sharing
                                Contributions shall be allocated as
                                follows (Start with Step 3 if this Plan is
                                not a Top-Heavy Plan):

                                Step 1.     Employer Profit Sharing
                                            Contributions shall first be
                                            allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                            Participants in the manner described
                                            in Section 11, Part B, Option 1. The
                                            percent so allocated shall not
                                            exceed 3% of each Qualifying
                                            Participant's Compensation.

                                Step 2.     Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                            Contributions remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step 1 shall be
                                            allocated to each Qualifying
                                            Participant's Individual Account in
                                            the ratio that each Qualifying
                                            Participant's Compensation for the
                                            Plan Year in excess of the
                                            integration level bears to all
                                            Qualifying Participants'
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            integration level, but not in excess
                                            of 3%.

                                Step 3.     Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                            Contributions remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step 2 shall be
                                            allocated to each Qualifying
                                            Participant's Individual Account in
                                            the ratio that the sum of each
                                            Qualifying Participant's total
                                            Compensation and Compensation in
                                            excess of the integration level
                                            bears to the sum of all Qualifying
                                            Participants' total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            integration level, but not in excess
                                            of the profit sharing maximum
                                            disparity rate as described in
                                            Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

                                Step 4.     Any Employer Profit Sharing
                                            Contributions remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step 3 shall be
                                            allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                            Participants in the manner described
                                            in Section 11, Part B, Option 1.

                                The integration level shall be (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] The Taxable Wage Base.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] $________ (a dollar
                                                   amount less than the
                                                   Taxable Wage Base).
                                SUBOPTION (C): [ ] ______% (not more than
                                                   100%) of the Taxable Wage
                                                   Base.

                                NOTE: If no option is selected, Suboption 
                                (a) will be deemed to be selected.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.




<PAGE>   12


                                                                         Page 12



       PART C.    Qualifying Participants:
                  A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus
                  entitled to share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
                  for any Plan Year only if the Participant is a Participant on
                  at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following
                  additional conditions (Check one or more Options):
           
                  OPTION 1:  [ ]  No Additional Conditions.
                  OPTION 2:  [X]  Hours of Service Requirement.  The Participant
                                  completes at least 500 (not more than 500) 
                                  Hours of Service during the Plan Year.  
                                  However, this condition will be waived for the
                                  following reasons (Check at least one):
                                  [ ] The Participant's Death.
                                  [ ] The Participant's Termination of 
                                      Employment after having incurred a 
                                      Disability.
                                  [ ] The Participant's Termination of 
                                      Employment after having reached Normal
                                      Retirement Age.
                                  [X] This condition will not be waived.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 12.       COMPENSATION   Complete Parts A through D
       PART A.    Basic Definition:

                  1.   Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation will 
                       mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1:  [X] W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:  [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:  [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

                  2.   Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation will
                       mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1:  [X] W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:  [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:  [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

                  3.   Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing
                       Contributions, Compensation will mean all of each
                       Participant's (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1:  [X] W-2 wages.
                       OPTION 2:  [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.
                       OPTION 3:  [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected for an item, Option 1 will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

       PART B.  Measuring Period for Compensation:

                  1.   Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation
                       shall be determined over the following applicable
                       period (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1:  [X] The Plan Year.
                       OPTION 2:  [ ] The calendar year ending with or within 
                                      the Plan Year.

                  2.   Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation
                       shall be determined over the following applicable
                       period (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1:  [X] The Plan Year.
                       OPTION 2:  [ ] The calendar year ending with or within 
                                      the Plan Year.




<PAGE>   13


                                                                         Page 13



                  3.   Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing
                       Contributions, Compensation shall be determined over
                       the following applicable period (Choose one):
                       OPTION 1: [X] The Plan Year.
                       OPTION 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the
                                     Plan Year.

                  NOTE: If no option is selected for an item, Option 1 will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

       PART C.    Inclusion of Elective Deferrals:
                  1.   Elective Deferrals.
                       For purposes of Elective Deferrals, does Compensation
                       include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
                       salary reduction agreement which are not includible
                       in the gross income of the Employee under any of the
                       following Sections of the Code? (Answer "Included" or
                       "Excluded" for each of the following items.)

<TABLE>
                       <S>                                              <C>             <C>        
                       Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                    [X]  Included   [ ]  Excluded
                       Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                 [X]  Included   [ ]  Excluded
                       Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans) [X]  Included   [ ]  Excluded 
                       Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)     [X]  Included   [ ]  Excluded
</TABLE>

                  NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Included" will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

                   2.  Matching Contributions.
                       For purposes of Matching Contributions, does
                       Compensation include Employer Contributions made
                       pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
                       not includible in the gross income of the Employee
                       under any of the following Sections of the Code?
                       (Answer "Included" or "Excluded" for each of the
                       following items.)

<TABLE>
                       <S>                                              <C>          <C>
                       Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                    [X] Included [ ] Excluded 
                       Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                 [X] Included [ ] Excluded 
                       Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans) [X] Included [ ] Excluded
                       Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)     [X] Included [ ] Excluded
</TABLE>
                  
                  NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Included" will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

                  3.   Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
                       For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing
                       Contributions, does Compensation include Employer
                       Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
                       agreement which are not includible in the gross
                       income of the Employee under any of the following
                       Sections of the Code? (Answer "Included" or
                       "Excluded" for each of the following items.)

<TABLE>
                       <S>                                              <C>          <C> 
                       Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                    [X] Included [ ] Excluded 
                       Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                 [X] Included [ ] Excluded 
                       Section 402(h)(1)(B) (salary deferral SEP plans) [X] Included [ ] Excluded
                       Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans)     [X] Included [ ] Excluded
                  
</TABLE>

                  NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Included" will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

       PART D.    Pre-Entry Date Compensation:

                  1.   ADP and ACP Testing Purposes.
                       For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the
                       Plan, the Employee's Compensation which shall be
                       taken into account for purposes of Actual Deferral
                       Percentage (ADP) and Actual Contribution Percentage
                       (ACP) testing shall be (Choose one):



<PAGE>   14


                                                                         Page 14



                           OPTION 1:  [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from
                                          the time the Employee became a
                                          Participant in the Plan.
                           OPTION 2:  [X] The Employee's Compensation for the 
                                          whole of such Plan Year.
                           NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be
                           deemed to be selected.

                   2.      Other Purposes.
                           For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the
                           Plan, the Employee's Compensation which shall be
                           taken into account for purposes of the Plan (other
                           than ADP or ACP testing) shall be (Choose one):
                           OPTION 1:  [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from
                                          the time the Employee became a
                                          Participant in the Plan.
                           OPTION 2:  [X] The Employee's Compensation for the 
                                          whole of such Plan Year.
                           NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be
                           deemed to be selected.




<PAGE>   15
                                                                         Page 15

SECTION 13.   VESTING AND FORFEITURES  Complete Parts A through H

         PART A.  Vesting Schedule For Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. A
                  Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual
                  Account derived from Profit Sharing Contributions made
                  pursuant to Section 11 of the Adoption Agreement as follows
                  (Choose one):

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  YEARS OF                                        VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE     Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]  Option 4 [ ]    Option 5 [X] (Complete if Chosen)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     <S>            <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C> 
     1                   0%              0%           100%            0%              0%
     2                   0%             20%           100%            0%             25%
     3                   0%             40%           100%           20%             50% (not less than 20%)
     4                   0%             60%           100%           40%             75% (not less than 40%)
     5                 100%             80%           100%           60%            100% (not less than 60%)
     6                 100%            100%           100%           80%               % (not less than 80%)
     7                 100%            100%           100%          100%               % (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PART B.  Vesting Schedule For Matching Contributions. A Participant
                  shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account derived
                  from Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 7 of the
                  Adoption Agreement as follows (Choose one):

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEARS OF                                       VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE     Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]   Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [X] (Complete if Chosen)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     <S>            <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
     1                    0%             0%           100%             0%              0%
     2                    0%            20%           100%             0%             25%
     3                    0%            40%           100%            20%             50% (not less than 20%)
     4                    0%            60%           100%            40%             75% (not less than 40%)
     5                  100%            80%           100%            60%            100% (not less than 60%)
     6                  100%           100%           100%            80%               % (not less than 80%)
     7                  100%           100%           100%           100%               % (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

     NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PART C.  Hours Required For Vesting Purposes:

                  1.  1,000 Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be
                      required to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.

                  2.  500 Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the
                      number specified in Section 13, Part C, Item 1, above)
                      must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.

                  3.  For purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service,
                      Employees shall be given credit for Hours of Service with
                      the following predecessor employer(s) (Complete if
                      applicable) 
                                  ---------------------------------------------

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

         PART D.  Exclusion of Certain Years of Vesting Service:

                  All of an Employee's Years of Vesting Service with the
                  Employer are counted to determine the vesting


<PAGE>   16

                                                                         Page 16


                  percentage in the Participant's Individual Account except
                  (Check any that apply): 
                  [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age
                      18.
                  [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained
                      this Plan or a predecessor plan.

         PART E.  Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances:
                  Will a Participant be fully Vested under the following
                  circumstances? (Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
                  items by checking the appropriate box)
                  1.     The Participant dies.                   [X] Yes [ ] No
                  2.     The Participant incurs a Disability.    [X] Yes [ ] No
                  3.     The Participant satisfies the conditions for Early
                         Retirement Age (if applicable).         [ ] Yes [ ] No
                  NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Yes" will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item.

         PART F.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions:
                  Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be
                  (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1:     [X] Allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                                the Participants specified below in the manner
                                as described in Section 11, Part B (for Employer
                                Profit Sharing Contributions)

                                The Participants entitled to receive allocations
                                of such Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only Qualifying Participants.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Participants.

                  OPTION 2:     [ ] Applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing
                                Contributions (Choose one): 
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises. 
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.

                  OPTION 3:     [ ] Applied first to the payment of the
                                Plan's administrative expenses and any excess
                                applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing
                                Contributions (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a)
                  will be deemed to be selected.

         PART G.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions:
                  Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the
                                Plan, to each Participant's Individual Account
                                in the ratio which each Participant's
                                Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                                total Compensation of all Participants for such
                                Plan Year.

                                The Participants entitled to receive allocations
                                of such Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only Qualifying Contributing
                                                   Participants.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.
                                SUBOPTION (C): [ ] All Participants.

                  OPTION 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions 
                                (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.

                  OPTION 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                                administrative expenses and any excess applied
                                to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which
                                                   the


<PAGE>   17


                                                                         Page 17

                                                   Forfeiture arises.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a)
                  will be deemed to be selected.

         PART H.  Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions:
                  Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (Choose
                  one):

                  OPTION 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the
                                Plan, to each Contributing Participant's
                                Matching Contribution account in the ratio which
                                each Contributing Participant's Compensation for
                                the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
                                all Contributing Participants for such Plan
                                Year. Such Forfeitures will not be allocated to
                                the account of any Highly Compensated Employee.

                  OPTION 2: [X] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose
                                one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [X] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.

                  OPTION 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                                administrative expenses and any excess applied
                                to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose one):
                                SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                                SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                                   to the Plan Year for which 
                                                   the Forfeiture arises.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 and Suboption (a)
                  will be deemed to be selected.

SECTION 14.       NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE AND EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
         PART A.  The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (Check and
                  complete one option):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Age 65.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Age ________ (not to exceed 65).
                  OPTION 3: [ ] The later of age ________ (not to exceed 65) or
                                the ________ (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of
                                the first day of the first Plan Year in which
                                the Participant commenced participation in the
                                Plan.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

         PART B.  Early Retirement Age (Choose one option):
                  OPTION 1: [X] An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under
                                the Plan. 
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Age ______ (not less than 55 nor more than 65).
                  OPTION 3: [ ] A Participant satisfies the Plan's Early
                                Retirement Age conditions by attaining age
                                ________ (not less than 55) and completing
                                ________ Years of Vesting Service.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 15.       DISTRIBUTIONS  (Complete Parts A and B)
         PART A.  Distributable Events.  Answer each of the following
                  items.
                  1.     Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age.
                         May a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement
                         Age request a distribution from the Plan of that
                         portion of the Participant's Individual Account
                         attributable to the following types of contributions
                         upon Termination of Employment?
<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Elective Deferrals                        [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [X] Yes  [ ] No
</TABLE>

                  2.     Disability. May a Participant who has incurred a
                         Disability request a distribution from the Plan of that
                         portion of the Participant's Individual


<PAGE>   18


                                                                         Page 18

                         Account attributable to the following types of 
                         contributions?
<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Elective Deferrals                        [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [X] Yes  [ ] No
</TABLE>

                  3.     Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. May a Participant
                         who has attained Normal Retirement Age but has not
                         incurred a Termination of Employment request a
                         distribution from the Plan of that portion of the
                         Participant's Individual Account attributable to the
                         following types of contributions?

<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Elective Deferrals                        [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [X] Yes  [ ] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [X] Yes  [ ] No
</TABLE>

                  4.     Attainment of Age 59 1/2. Will Participants who have
                         attained age 59 1/2 be permitted to withdraw Elective
                         Deferrals while still employed by the Employer? 
                         [X]  Yes [ ] No

                  5.     Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals: Will
                         Participants be permitted to withdraw Elective
                         Deferrals on account of hardship pursuant to Section
                         11.503 of the Plan? [X ] Yes [ ] No

                  6.     In-Service Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted
                         to request a distribution of that portion of the
                         Participant's Individual Account attributable to the
                         following types of contributions during service
                         pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the Plan?
<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [ ] Yes  [X] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [ ] Yes  [X] No
</TABLE>

                  7.     One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option. Will the
                         one-time in-service withdrawal provisions described in
                         Section 6.01(A)(5) of the Plan apply to the following
                         types of contributions?
<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [ ] Yes  [X] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [ ] Yes  [X] No
</TABLE>
                         If the answer is "Yes," specify percentage that a 
                         Participant may withdraw: _____%

                  8.     Hardship Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to
                         make hardship withdrawals of that portion of the
                         Participant's Individual Account attributable to the
                         following types of contributions pursuant to Section
                         6.01(A)(4) of the Plan?
<TABLE>
                              <S>                                       <C>      <C>
                              Matching Contributions (if made)          [ ] Yes  [X] No
                              Employer Profit Sharing Contributions     [ ] Yes  [X] No
</TABLE>

                  9.     Withdrawals of Rollover or Transfer Contributions. Will
                         Employees be permitted to withdraw their Rollover or
                         Transfer Contributions at any time? [ ] Yes [X ] No

                  NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Yes" will be
                  deemed to be selected for that item. Section 411(d)(6) of the
                  Code prohibits the elimination of protected benefits. In
                  general, protected benefits include the forms and timing of
                  payout options. If the Plan is being adopted to amend and
                  replace a Prior Plan that permitted a distribution option
                  described above, you must answer "Yes" to that item.

      PART B.     Timing of Distributions:
                  1.     Termination of Employment. Where a Participant who is
                         entitled to a distribution under the Plan has a
                         Termination of Employment (for reasons other than
                         death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement
                         Age), distributions shall commence (Check one):


<PAGE>   19


                                                                         Page 19

                         OPTION (A):[X] As soon as administratively feasible
                                        following the date the Participant
                                        requests a distribution. 
                         OPTION (B):[ ] As soon as administratively feasible
                                        following the close of the Plan Year
                                        within which the Participant requests a
                                        distribution. 
                         OPTION (C):[ ] As soon as administratively feasible
                                        following the close of the Plan Year
                                        within which the Participant requests a 
                                        distribution or the Participant incurs
                                        ________ (not more than 5) consecutive
                                        one-year Breaks in Vesting Service,
                                        whichever is later.
                         NOTE: If no option is selected, Option (a) will be
                         deemed to be selected.

                  2.     Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement
                         Age. Where a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or
                         attains Normal Retirement Age, and a distributable
                         event has occurred, distributions shall commence (Check
                         one):

                         OPTION (A):[X] As soon as administratively
                                        feasible following the date the
                                        Participant (or Beneficiary of a 
                                        deceased Participant) requests a 
                                        distribution.
                         OPTION (B):[ ] As soon as administratively feasible
                                        following the close of the Plan Year
                                        within which the Participant (or
                                        Beneficiary of a deceased Participant)
                                        requests a distribution.
                         OPTION (C):[ ] As soon as administratively feasible
                                        following the close of the Plan Year
                                        within which the Participant (or
                                        Beneficiary of a deceased Participant)
                                        requests a distribution or the
                                        Participant incurs ________ (not more
                                        than 5) consecutive one-year Breaks in
                                        Vesting Service, whichever is later.
                         NOTE: If no option is selected, Option (a) will be 
                         deemed to be selected.

SECTION 16.       JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
      PART A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:

                  Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan
                  apply (Choose only one Option)?
                  OPTION 1: [X] Yes.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] No.
                  NOTE: You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
                  amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to
                  the joint and survivor annuity requirements.

      PART B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage: (Complete only if your
                  answer in Section 16, Part A is "No.") The survivor annuity
                  portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be a
                  percentage equal to ____% (at least 50% but no more than 100%)
                  of the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her
                  death.

SECTION 17.       OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
                  questions by checking the appropriate box. If a box is not
                  checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

                  A.   Loans: Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section
                       6.08 of the Plan be permitted? [X] Yes [ ] No

                  B.   Insurance: Will the Plan allow for the investment in
                       insurance policies pursuant to Section 5.13 of the Plan?
                       [ ] Yes [X] No

                  C.   Employer Securities: Will the Plan allow for the
                       investment in qualifying Employer securities or
                       qualifying Employer real property? [X] Yes [ ] No

                  D.   Rollover Contributions: Will Employees be permitted to
                       make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to
                       Section 3.03 of the Plan? [X] Yes [ ] No 
                                                 [ ] Yes, but only after 
                                                     becoming a Participant.



<PAGE>   20


                                                                         Page 20

                  E.   Transfer Contributions: Will Employees be permitted to
                       make transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant to
                       Section 3.04 of the Plan? [X] Yes [ ] No 
                                                 [ ] Yes, but
                                              only after becoming a Participant.

                  F.   Nondeductible Employee Contributions: Will Participants
                       be permitted to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                       pursuant to Section 11.305 of the Plan? [ ] Yes [X] No
                       Check here if such contributions will be mandatory. [ ]

SECTION 18.       PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS
      PART A.     Authorization:
                  Will Participants be permitted to direct the investment of
                  their Plan assets pursuant to Section 5.14 of the Plan?
                  (Choose one)
                  OPTION 1: [X]  Yes.
                  OPTION 2: [ ]  No.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be
                  selected. Complete the remainder of Section 18 only if Option
                  1 is selected.

      PART B.     Investment Options:
                  Participants can direct the investment of their Plan assets
                  among the following investments (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Only those investment options designated by the
                                Plan Administrator or other fiduciary.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] Any allowable investment.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

      PART C.     Accounts Subject to Participant Direction:
                  Participants can direct the following portions of their
                  Individual Accounts (Choose one):

                  OPTION 1: [ ] Those accounts that the Plan Administrator may
                                designate from time to time in a uniform and
                                nondiscriminatory manner.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Entire Individual Account.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] The following accounts (Check all that apply):
                            [ ] Elective Deferral Account.
                            [ ] Matching Contribution Account.
                            [ ] Employer Profit Sharing Account.
                            [ ] Rollover Contribution Account.
                            [ ] Transfer Contribution Account.
                            [ ] Other (Specify)
                                               -------------------------------
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

      PART D.     Frequency of Investment Changes:

                  Participants may make changes to the investments within their
                  Individual Accounts with the following frequency (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] In accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory
                                rules established by the Plan Administrator or
                                other fiduciary.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Daily.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Monthly.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] Quarterly.
                  OPTION 5: [ ] Other (Specify)
                                               -------------------------------
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected. Also note that the Plan's Valuation Dates must be at
                  least as often as the frequency chosen here.



<PAGE>   21


                                                                         Page 21

SECTION 19.       MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS  Complete Parts A and B
      PART A.     Valuation Date:
                  The Plan Valuation Date shall be (Choose one):

                  OPTION 1: [ ] The last day of the Plan Year and each other
                                date designated by the Plan Administrator which
                                is selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                                manner.
                  OPTION 2: [X] Daily.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] The last day of each Plan quarter.
                  OPTION 4: [ ] The last day of each month.
                  OPTION 5: [ ] Other (Specify)
                                               --------------------------------
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

      PART B.     Disability:

                  For purposes of this Plan, Disability shall mean (Choose one):

                  OPTION 1: [X] The inability to engage in any substantial,
                                gainful activity by reason of any medically
                                determinable physical or mental impairment that
                                can be expected to result in death or which has
                                lasted or can be expected to last for a
                                continuous period of not less than 12 months.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] The inability to engage in any substantial,
                                gainful activity in the Employee's trade or
                                profession for which the Employee is best
                                qualified through training or experience.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Other (Specify)
                                               -------------------------------
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 20.       LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan

                  If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan
                  (other than a paired standardized money purchase pension plan
                  using the same Basic Plan Document as this Plan) in which any
                  Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could
                  become a Participant, you must complete this section. You must
                  also complete this section if you maintain a welfare benefit
                  fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an
                  individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of
                  the Code, under which amounts are treated as annual additions
                  with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

      PART A.     Individually Designed Defined Contribution Plan:

                  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                  contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a
                  master or prototype plan:

                  1. [X] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through
                         3.05(B)(6) of the Plan will apply as if the other plan
                         were a master or prototype plan.
                  2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the
                         plans will limit total annual additions to the maximum
                         permissible amount, and will properly reduce any excess
                         amounts, in a manner that precludes Employer
                         discretion.)
                                     ------------------------------------------

      PART B.     Defined Benefit Plan:

                  If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a
                  defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer
                  will provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0
                  limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code.

                  1. [X] If the projected annual addition to this Plan to
                         the account of a Participant for any limitation year
                         would cause the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of the
                         Code to be exceeded, the annual benefit of the defined
                         benefit plan for such limitation year shall be reduced
                         so that the 1.0 limitation shall be satisfied.

                         If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of
                         the defined benefit plan and the projected annual
                         addition to this Plan to the account of a Participant
                         for a limitation year would cause the 1.0 limitation to
                         be exceeded, the Employer shall reduce the Employer
                         Contribution which is to be allocated to this Plan on
                         behalf of such Participant so that the 1.0 limitation
                         will be satisfied. (The provisions of Section 415(e) of
                         the Code are incorporated herein by reference under the
                         authority of Section 1106(h) of the Tax Reform Act of
                         1986.)



<PAGE>   22


                                                                         Page 22

                  2. [ ] Other method. (Provide language describing another
                         method. Such language must preclude Employer
                         discretion.)
                                     -------------------------------------------

SECTION 21.       TOP-HEAVY ISSUES  Complete Parts A, B, C and D
      PART A.     Minimum Allocation or Benefit:
                  For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a
                  Top-Heavy Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to
                  Section 3.01(E) of the Plan shall be made (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] To this Plan.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] To the following other plan maintained by the
                                Employer (Specify name and plan number of plan)

                                ------------------------------------------------
                  OPTION 3: [ ] In accordance with the method described on an
                                attachment to this Adoption Agreement.
                                (Attach language describing the method that
                                will be used to satisfy Section 416 of the
                                Code. Such method must preclude Employer
                                discretion.)
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

      PART B.     Participants Entitled To Receive Minimum Allocation:
                  Any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E) of
                  the Plan shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                  (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Only Participants who are not Key Employees.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] All Participants.
                  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to
                         be selected.

      PART C.     Top-Heavy Ratio:
                  For purposes of establishing the present value of benefits
                  under a defined benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio as
                  described in Section 10.08(C) of the Plan, any benefit shall
                  be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the
                  following (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [X] Not applicable because the Employer has not
                                maintained a defined benefit plan.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] The interest rate and mortality table specified
                                for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.
                  OPTION 3: [ ] Interest rate of ______% and the following 
                                mortality table (Specify)
                                                          ----------------------
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

      PART D.     Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:
                  Pursuant to Section 6.01(C) of the Plan, the vesting schedule
                  that will apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the
                  Plan's regular vesting schedule provides for more rapid
                  vesting) shall be (Choose one):
                  OPTION 1: [ ] 6 Year Graded.
                  OPTION 2: [ ] 3 Year Cliff.
                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be
                  selected.

SECTION 22.       PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

                  Name of Prototype Sponsor Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity
                                            ------------------------------------
                  Company
                  -------

                  Address 151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156
                          ------------------------------------------------------

                  Telephone Number 860-273-0123
                                   ---------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   23

                                                                         Page 23


                  PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS

                  The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those
                  investments described below (To be completed by the Prototype
                  Sponsor):

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  -------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 23.       TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

                  OPTION A.  [ ] Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
                  CHECK ONE: [ ] Custodian, [ ] Trustee without full trust 
                             powers, or [ ] Trustee with full trust powers

                  Financial  Organization
                                          -------------------------------------
                  Signature
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                  Type Name
                            ---------------------------------------------------

                  COLLECTIVE OR COMMINGLED FUNDS
                  List any collective or commingled funds maintained by the
                  financial organization Trustee in which assets of the Plan may
                  be invested (Complete if applicable).

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  OPTION B.  [X] Individual Trustee(s)

<TABLE>

                  <S>                                               <C>
                  Signature /s/ Barbara S. Butterfield              Signature   /s/ Don Blankers
                           ---------------------------                       --------------------------
                  Type Name Barbara S. Butterfield                  Type Name Don Blankers
                           ---------------------------                        -------------------------
                  Signature /s/ Doug Chait                          Signature
                           ---------------------------                       --------------------------
                  Type Name   Doug Chait                            Type Name
                           ---------------------------                       --------------------------
</TABLE>

SECTION 24.       RELIANCE

                  An Employer who has ever maintained or who later adopts any
                  plan (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section
                  419(e) of the Code, which provides post-retirement medical
                  benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees, as
                  defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, or an individual
                  medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code)
                  in addition to this Plan (other than a paired standardized
                  money purchase pension plan using the same Basic Plan Document
                  as this Plan) may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the
                  National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence
                  that this Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal
                  Revenue Code. If the Employer who adopts or maintains multiple
                  plans wishes to obtain reliance that his or her plan(s) are
                  qualified, application for a determination letter should be
                  made to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal
                  Revenue.

                  The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the
                  National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence
                  that this Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Code
                  unless the terms of the Plan, as herein adopted or amended,
                  that pertain to the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4),
                  401(a)(17), 401(l), 401(a)(5), 410(b) and 414(s) of the Code,
                  as amended by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, or later laws, (a)
                  are made effective retroactively to the first day of the first
                  Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988 (or such later



<PAGE>   24


                                                                         Page 24

                  date on which these requirements first become effective with
                  respect to this Plan); or (b) are made effective no later than
                  the first day on which the Employer is no longer entitled,
                  under regulations, to rely on a reasonable, good faith
                  interpretation of these requirements, and the prior provisions
                  of the Plan constitute such an interpretation.

                  This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with
                  Basic Plan Document No. 04.

SECTION 25.       EMPLOYER SIGNATURE   Important:  Please read before signing
                  I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above
                  and I state the following:

                   1.    I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors
                         regarding the completion of this Adoption Agreement and
                         the legal tax implications of adopting this Plan.

                   2.    I understand that my failure to properly complete this
                         Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of
                         the Plan.

                   3.    I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me
                         of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify me
                         should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.

                   4.    I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and
                         the corresponding Basic Plan Document.



Signature for Employer    /s/ Barbara S. Butterfield     Date Signed 11/21/97
                      ----------------------------------            ----------
Type Name                Barbara S. Butterfield          Title Sr. V.P. and CHRO
         -----------------------------------------------       -----------------



<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1




                               February 18, 1998



Board of Directors
EduTrek International, Inc.
3340 Peachtree Road, Suite 2000
Atlanta, Georgia 30326


          RE:  EduTrek International, Inc. 
               Registration Statement on Form S-8
               30,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock, without par value 
               American Intercontinental 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan

Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for EduTrek International, Inc. (the "Company") in
connection with the registration of 30,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock
(the "Shares") reserved to the American Intercontinental University 401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan (the "Plan"), pursuant to a Registration Statement on
Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement") to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering
the Shares.

     In connection therewith, we have examined the following:

     (1)  The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company, certified
          by the Secretary of State of the State of Georgia;

     (2)  The By-Laws of the Company, certified as complete and correct by the
          Secretary of the Company;

     (3)  The minute book of the Company, certified as correct and complete by
          the Secretary of the Company; and

     (4)  The Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto.

<PAGE>   2
Board of Directors
EduTrek International, Inc.
February 18, 1998
Page Two



     Based upon such examination and upon examination of such other instruments
and records as we have deemed necessary, we are of the opinion that the Shares
covered by the Registration Statement have been legally authorized and when
issued in accordance with the terms described in said Registration Statement,
will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

     We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
aforementioned Registration Statement on Form S-8 and to the reference to this
firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus. In giving this
consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons
whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

                                        Sincerely,

                                        SMITH, GAMBRELL & RUSSELL, LLP


                                        /s/ Arthur Jay Schwartz

                                        Arthur Jay Schwartz

AJS/ljw


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of
EduTrek International, Inc. on Form S-8 of our report dated July 18, 1997
appearing in EduTrek International, Inc.'s 424(b) Prospectus dated September 23,
1997.




/s/ Deloitte & Touche, LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
February 19, 1998



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission